(οε΄) Τίς τόν θεῖον οὐκ ἔχων ἐνοικοῦντα λόγον τῷ βάθει τῆς καρδίας, δυνήσεται τούς ἀφανεῖς δόλους τῆς καθ᾿ ἡμῶν ὑποκρίσεως τῶν δαιμόνων ὑποκλίνας, στῆναι καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν μονώτατος, χωρίς τινος ἐπιμιξίας, καί οἰκοδομῆσαι τοῦ Κυρίου τόν ναόν, κατά τόν μέγαν Ζοροβάβελ καί τόν Ἰησοῦν καί τούς ἡγουμένους τῶν πατριῶν, φάσκοντας διαῤῥήδην μεγάλη τῇ φωνῇ τοῖς ἀπατεῶσι πνεύμασι τῆς ὑπερηφανίας καί τῆς κενοδοξίας καί τῆς ἀνθρωπαρεσκίας καί τῆς ὑποκρίσεως· Οὐχ ἡμῖν καί ὑμῖν τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι τόν οἶκον Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν· ἡμεῖς γάρ μόνοι οἰκοδομήσομεν τῷ Κυρίῳ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· γινώσκων ὡς ἡ τούτων
ἐπιμιξία, τῆς ὅλης οἰκοδομῆς ποιεῖται φθοράν καί καθαίρεσιν, καί συλᾷ τῆς τῶν θείων ἀναθημάτων εὐπρεπείας τήν χάριν.
(οστ΄) Οὐδείς δύναταί τινα τῶν εἰρημένων δαιμόνων ἔχων τήν ἀρετήν συμμετερχόμενον, ταύτην τῷ Κυρίῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι· οὐ γάρ ἔχει τόν Θεόν τῶν γινομένων τέλος, ὅν θεώμενος ταύτην διέξεισι· ἀλλά τό πάθος, ὅπερ διά ταύτης συνίστησιν.
(95) Who, not having the divine Word dwelling in the depth of his heart, will be able to bow down the unseen snares of the demons' hypocrisy against us, and stand by himself alone, without any mingling, and build the temple of the Lord, like the great Zerubbabel and Jesus and the leaders of the fathers, who plainly said with a loud voice to the deceiving spirits of pride and vainglory and people-pleasing and hypocrisy: Not to us and to you be it to build the house of the Lord our God; for we alone will build to the Lord of Israel; knowing that their
mingling brings about the corruption and destruction of the whole building, and plunders the grace of the beauty of the divine offerings.
(96) No one is able, having any of the said demons accompanying him as a companion in virtue, to build this to the Lord; for he does not have God as the end of what is done, whom, beholding, he would accomplish it; but rather the passion which he establishes through it.
(οζ΄) Οἱ κατ᾿ ἔλλειψιν ἀρετῆς πολεμοῦντες, δαίμονές εἰσιν, οἱ πορνείαν καί μέθην, φυλαργυρίαν τε καί φθόνον διδάσκοντες· οἱ δέ καθ᾿ ὑπερβολήν πολεμοῦντες, εἰσίν οἱ τήν οἴησιν καί τήν κενοδοξίαν καί τήν ὑπερηφανίαν διδάκοντες, καί διά τῶν δεξιῶν τοῖς ἀριστεροῖς ἐπικεκρυμμένως ἐμπείροντες. (οη΄) Εἴθε γένοιτο καί ἡμᾶς ἀεί λέγειν τοῖς ἐν πλάσματι φιλίας πνευματικῆς ἀοράτως προσβάλλουσι πνεύμασι τῆς πονηρίας, καί διά τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ λεληθότως βουλομένοις κατεργάσασθαι τῆς ἁμαρτίας τόν θάνατον καί λέγουσι· Συνοικοδομήσομεν ὑμῖν τόν ναόν τῷ Κυρίῳ ὑμῶν· Οὐχ ἡμῖν καί ὑμῖν τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι τόν οἶκον Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν· ἡμεῖς γάρ μόνοι οἰκοδομήσομεν τῷ Κυρίῳ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Μόνοι μέν, ὅτι τῶν κατ᾿ ἔλλειψιν τῆς ἀρετῆς πολεμούντων ἐλευθερωθέντες πνευμάτων, ὧν καί ἐκβεβήκαμεν, οὐ βουλόμεθα ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς δι᾿ ὑμῶν ἐπαρθέντες πάλιν περιπαρῆναι, καί πεσεῖν πτῶσιν, τοσοῦτον τῆς προτέρας χαλεπωτέραν, ὅσον τῆς μέν ἦν ἐπανόδου ἐλπίς εὐχερής, συγγνωσθεῖσι διά τήν ἀσθένειαν· τῇ δέ, ἤ οὐκ ἔστιν, ἤ δυσχερής ἔσται μισηθεῖσι διά τήν ὑπερηφανίαν, καί τοῦ δεξιοῦ ποιουμένοις ἕτερόν τι δεξιώτερον. Οὐ μόνοι δέ πάλιν, ὅτι τούς ἁγίους ἀγγέλους ἔχομεν τῶν καλῶν συλλήπτορας· μᾶλλον δέ τόν Θεόν αὐτόν, ἡμῖν ἑαυτόν ἐμφανίζοντα διά τῶν ἔργων τῆς δικαιοσύνης, καί ἡμᾶς ἑαυτῷ ναόν ἅγιον οἰκοδομοῦντα, καί παντός πάθους ἐλεύθερον. (οθ΄) Ἀρετῆς ὅρος ἐστίν, ἡ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀσθενείας κατ᾿ ἐπίγνωσιν πρός τήν θείαν δύναμιν ἕνωσις. Ὁ τοίνυν ἑαυτόν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ περιγράφων τῆς φύσεως, πρός τόν ὅρον οὐκ ἦλθε τῆς ἀρετῆς·
(77) Those who wage war by deficiency of virtue are demons, teaching fornication and drunkenness, love of money and envy; those who wage war by excess are those teaching presumption and vainglory and pride, and secretly piercing the left with the right. (78) Would that it might be granted to us always to say to the spirits of wickedness that invisibly assail us under the guise of spiritual friendship, and that secretly wish by means of good to work out the death of sin, and that say, "We will build the temple with you to your Lord": "It is not for us and for you to build the house to the Lord our God; for we alone will build to the Lord of Israel." Alone, indeed, because, having been set free from the spirits that wage war by deficiency of virtue, from which we have also departed, we do not wish, being puffed up through you by excesses, to be pierced again and to fall into a fall as much more grievous than the former as for the former there was an easy hope of return, since we were pardoned because of weakness; but for the latter, either there is none, or it will be difficult, since we are hated because of pride, and since we make something else more right than the right. And not alone again, because we have the holy angels as helpers in good things; or rather God Himself, manifesting Himself to us through the works of righteousness, and building us for Himself as a holy temple, and free from every passion. (79) The limit of virtue is the union, in knowledge, of human weakness with the divine power. He, therefore, who confines himself to the weakness of nature has not come to the limit of virtue.
καί διά τοῦτο πλημμελεῖ, μήπω λαβών τήν τό ἀσθενές ἐνισχύουσαν δύναμιν. Ὁ δέ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως τήν οἰκείαν ἀσθένειαν, ὡς ἰσχύν αὐθαδῶς ἀντιπροβαλόμενος, τόν ὅρον παρῆλθε τῆς ἀρετῆς· καί διά τοῦτο πλημμελῶν, ὡς τοῦ κατόπιν ὑπερφεροῦς παρ᾿ ἑαυτῷ γινομένου, οὐκ ἐπιγινώσκει· ἀρετήν γάρ εἶναι νομίζει τό πλημμέλημα. Συγγνωστός οὖν μᾶλλον ὁ τῇ κατά φύσιν ἀσθενείᾳ ἑαυτόν περιγράψας, παθών μᾶλλον ἐκ ῥᾳθυμίας τήν ἔκπτωσιν τῆς ἀρετῆς· ἤ ὁ τήν οἰκείαν ἀσθένειαν ὡς ἰσχύν πρός τήν τῶν καθηκόντων ποίησιν ἀντιπροβαλόμενος τῆς θείας δυνάμεως, δράσας μᾶλλον ἐξ αὐθαδείας τῆς ἀρετῆς τήν ἔκπτωσιν. (π΄) Ἐπειδή εἴρηται· Πολύ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη, κατά δύο τρόπους οἶδα ταύτην ἐνεργουμένην· καθ᾿ ἕνα μέν, ὁπόταν μετά τῶν κατ᾿ ἐντολήν ἔργων, τῷ Θεῷ τήν ταύτης ποιῆται προσαγωγήν τῆς δεήσεως ὁ εὐχόμενος, ὡς μή μόνον ἐν ψιλῷ λόγῳ καί διακένῳ φωνῆς ἤχῳ τῆς γλώττης ἐκπίπτουσαν ἀργήν κεῖσθαι τήν δέησιν, καί ἀνυπόστατον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐνεργόν καί ζῶσαν, τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν ἐντολῶν ψυχουμένην. Εὐχῆς γάρ καί δεήσεως ὑπόστασις, ἡ διά τῶν ἀρετῶν τῶν ἐντολῶν ὑπάρχει προδήλως ἐκπλήρωσις, καθ᾿ ἥν ἰσχυράν καί πάντα δυναμένην ὁ δίκαιος ἔχει τήν δέησιν, ἐνεργουμένην ταῖς ἐντολαῖς. Καθ᾿ ἕτερον δέ τρόπον, ὁπόταν ὁ τῆς εὐχῆς τοῦ δικαίου δεόμενος, τά ἔργα τῆς εὐχῆς διαπράττηται, τόν τε πρότερον διορθούμενος βίον, καί τήν δέησιν ἰσχυράν τοῦ δικαίου ποιούμενος, διά τῆς οἰκείας καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς δυναμουμένην.
And for this reason he goes wrong, not yet having received the power that strengthens weakness. But he who boldly sets his own weakness against divine power as though it were strength has transgressed the boundary of virtue; and for this reason, going wrong, he does not recognize it, since what lies beyond becomes superior in his own eyes; for he thinks the transgression is virtue. Therefore he who confines himself by natural weakness is more deserving of forgiveness, having suffered the fall from virtue rather than caused it through negligence, than he who boldly sets his own weakness against divine power as though it were strength for the doing of what is required, having caused the fall from virtue rather than suffered it through presumption. (80) Since it has been said, "The prayer of a righteous man is powerful in its working," I know that it is worked in two ways. In one way, when the one praying, together with the works according to the commandment, makes the offering of his petition to God, so that the petition does not lie idle and without substance, falling out in mere word and empty sound of the tongue, but is active and living, animated by the works of the commandments. For the substance of prayer and petition is clearly the fulfillment of the commandments through the virtues, according to which the righteous man has his petition strong and able to do all things, worked through the commandments. In another way, when the one who is in need of the prayer of the righteous man performs the works of prayer, correcting his former life and making the petition of the righteous man strong, being empowered by his own good conduct.
(πα΄) Οὐδέν ὄφελος τῆς τοῦ δικαίου δεήσεως, τοῦ ταύτης χρῄζοντος, πλέον τῶν ἀρετῶν ἡδομένου τοῖς πλημμελήμασιν. Ἐπεί καί ὁ μέγας ποτέ Σαμουήλ
ἐπένθει τόν Σαούλ πλημμελοῦντα· ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἴσχυσε τόν Θεόν ἱλεώσασθαι, μή λαβών συλλήπτορα τοῦ πένθους τήν καθήκουσαν τοῦ πλημμελοῦντος διόρθωσιν. Διό τοῦ ἀνονήτου πένθους ὁ Θεός καταπαύων τόν ἑαυτοῦ θεράποντα, φησί πρός αὐτόν, Ἕως πότε σύ πενθεῖς ἐπί Σαούλ, καί ἐγώ ἐξουδένωκα αὐτόν, τοῦ βασιλεύει ἐπί τόν Ἰσραήλ;
(πβ΄) Καί πάλιν Ἱερεμίας ὁ συμπαθέστατος, ὑπέρ τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, περί τήν πλάνην μανέντος τῶν δαιμονίων, οὐκ εἰσακούεται προσευχόμενος, οὐκ ἔχων εἰς προσευχῆς δύναμιν, τήν ἀπό τῆς πλάνης τῶν ἀθέων Ἰουδαίων ἐπιστροφήν. Ὅθεν τοῦ διακενῆς προσεύχεσθαι καί τοῦτο ἀπάγων ὁ Θεός, φησί, Καί σύ μή προσεύχου περί τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καί μή ἀξίου τοῦς ἐλεηθῆναι αὐτούς, καί μή εὔχου, καί μή προσέλθῃς μοι περί αὐτῶν ἔτι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσακούσομαι. (πγ΄) Πολλῆς ὄντως ἐστίν ἀβελτηρίας, ἵνα μή λέγω παραφροσύνης, δι᾿ εὐχῆς δικαίων ἐπιζητεῖν σωτηρίαν, τόν κατά διάθεσιν τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις ἡδόμενον· κἀκείνων αἰτεῖσθαι συγχώρησιν, οἷς ἐγκαυχᾶται κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν προθέσει σπιλούμενος, δέον μή ἀργήν ἐᾶν γίνεσθαι καί ἀκίνητον τοῦ δικαίου τήν δέησιν, τόν ταύτης δεόμενον, εἴπερ ἀληθῶς τοῖς πονηροῖς ἀπεχθάνεται· ἀλλ᾿ ἐνεργόν ποιεῖν καί ἰσχυράν, ταῖς οἰκείαις ἀρεταῖς πτερουμένην, καί φθάνουσαν τόν συγχώρησιν διδόναι τῶν πλημμεληθέντων δυνάμενον.
(104) There is no benefit in the petition of a righteous man for one who needs it but takes more pleasure in his sins than in the virtues. For even the great Samuel once grieved over Saul when he transgressed; but he could not propitiate God, since he did not receive as a fellow-worker of his grief the fitting correction of the one who transgressed. Therefore God, putting an end to the unprofitable grief of his servant, says to him, "How long will you grieve over Saul, when I have rejected him from reigning over Israel?"
(105) And again Jeremiah, the most compassionate, on behalf of the people of the Jews, who were raging in error under the demons, is not heard when he prays, since he does not have, for the power of prayer, the turning of the godless Jews from their error. Therefore God, leading him away also from praying in vain, says, "And do not pray for this people, and do not ask that they be shown mercy, and do not entreat, and do not come to me any more concerning them, for I will not hear you." (106) It is truly great foolishness—not to say madness—for one who in his disposition takes pleasure in destructive things to seek salvation through the prayer of righteous men, and to ask forgiveness for those things in which he boasts, being stained in his intention by his activity, when the one who needs the righteous man's petition ought not to let it remain idle and unmoved, if indeed he truly hates evil things, but ought to make it active and strong, winged by his own virtues, and reaching ahead to obtain the forgiveness of the one who is able to give it for his transgressions.
(πδ΄) Πολύ ἰσχύει τοῦ δικαίου ἡ δέησις, εἴτε ἐκ τοῦ ποιουμένου ταύτην δικαίου, εἴτε ἐκ τοῦ γίνεσθαι αὐτήν αἰτουμένου τόν δίκαιον, ἐνεργουμένη. Ὑπό μέν γάρ τοῦ δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη, δίδωσιν αὐτῷ παῤῥησίαν πρός τόν δοῦναι δυνάμενον τά τῶν δικαίων αἰτήματα· ὑπό δέ τοῦ ταύτην αἰτουμένου τόν δίκαιον, τῆς προτέρας αὐτόν μοχθηρίας ἀφίστησι, μεταβάλλουσα πρός ἀρετήν αὐτῷ τήν διάθεσιν. (πε΄) Τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰρηκότος, Ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον ἐστί λυπηθέντας ὑμᾶς ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς, πῶς τις λυπούμενος ἐν πειρασμοῖς δύναται ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι ἐν ᾧ λυπεῖται; (πστ΄) Τήν λύπην διττήν οἶδε τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ λόγος· τήν μέν, κατά ψυχήν ἀφανῶς· τήν δέ, κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν φανερῶς συνισταμένην· καί τήν μέν, ὅλον ψυχῆς τό βάθος περιλαμβάνουσαν, τῇ μάστιγι τῆς συνειδήσεως αἰκιζόμενον· τήν δέ, πᾶσαν τήν αἴσθησιν περιγράφουσαν, τῷ βάρει τῶν ἀλγεινῶν συστελλομένην τῆς φυσικῆς διαχύσεως· καί τήν μέν, τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονῆς· τήν δέ, τῆς κατά ψυχήν εὐφροσύνης τέλος ὑπάρχουσαν· μᾶλλον δέ τήν μέν, τῶν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν γνωμικῶν· τήν δέ, τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτήν συμπέρασμα παρά γνώμην παθῶν τυγχάνουσαν. (πζ΄) Λύπη ἐστί, κατ᾿ ἐμέ φάναι, διάθεσις ἡδονῶν ἐστερημένη· στέρησις δέ καθέστηκεν ἡδονῶν, πόνων ἐπαγωγή· πόνος δέ σαφῶς ἐστι, φυσικῆς ἕξεως ἔλλειψις ἤ ὑποχώρησις· ἔλλειψις δέ φυσικῆς ἐστιν ἕξεως, πάθος τῆς κατά φύσιν ὑποκειμένης τῇ ἕξει δυνάμεως. Τό δέ πάθος τῆς κατά φύσιν ὑποκειμένης τῇ ἕξει δυνάμεώς ἐστιν, ὁ κατά τήν παράχρησιν τῆς φυσικῆς ἐνεργείας τρόπος·
(84) The petition of the righteous man is very powerful, whether it is performed by the righteous man who makes it, or by the one who asks the righteous man to make it. For when it is performed by the righteous man, it gives him boldness before the one who is able to grant the requests of the righteous; but when it is performed by the one who asks the righteous man to make it, it removes him from his former wickedness, changing his disposition toward virtue. (85) Since the Apostle has said, "In which you rejoice a little now, if it is necessary that you be grieved in various temptations," how can one who is grieved in temptations rejoice in that in which he is grieved? (86) The word of truth knows a twofold grief: the one, consisting invisibly in the soul; the other, manifestly in the senses; and the one, encompassing the whole depth of the soul, tormented by the scourge of conscience; the other, circumscribing all the senses, contracted by the weight of pains from natural diffusion; and the one is the end of sensual pleasure; the other, of the soul's gladness; or rather, the one is the conclusion of sensual inclinations; the other, of the passions that are contrary to inclination in the soul itself. (87) Grief, so to speak in my view, is a disposition deprived of pleasures; and deprivation of pleasures is the bringing on of pains; and pain is clearly a lack or withdrawal of natural condition; and the lack of natural condition is a passion of the power that lies naturally beneath the condition. And the passion of the power that lies naturally beneath the condition is the mode of the misuse of natural activity.
παράχρησις δέ τοῦ κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν τρόπου καθέστηκεν, ἡ πρός τό μή πεφυκός κατά φύσιν καί ὑφιστάμενον τῆς δυνάμεως κίνησις.
(πη΄) Τήν κατά ψυχήν λύπης τέλος εἶναί φησι τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονῆς· ἐκ γάρ ταύτης συνίσταται λύπη ψυχῆς· ὥσπερ οὖν καί τῆς κατά ψυχήν ἡδονῆς τέλος ἐστίν ἡ κατά σάρκα λύπη· ψυχῆς γάρ εὐφροσύνη σαρκός γίνεται κόλασις.
(πθ΄) Διττήν τήν λύπην λέγει· τήν μέν, περί τήν αἴσθησιν, κατά στέρησιν τῶν σωματικῶν ἡδονῶν συνισταμένην· τήν δέ, περί νοῦν κατά στέρησιν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθῶν γινομένην. Διττούς δέ λέγει καί τούς πειρασμούς, τούς μέν, ἑκουσίους· τούς δέ, ἀκουσίους. Καί τούς μέν, ἑκουσίους, τῆς
κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν σωματικῆς εἶναι πατέρας· τῆς δέ κατά ψυχήν λύπης [ ὀδύνης] εἶναι γεννήτορας· μόνη γάρ πραχθεῖσα λυπεῖ τήν ψυχήν ἡ ἁμαρτία· τούς δ᾿ ἀκουσίους, οἵτινες ἐν τοῖς παρά γνώμην δείκνυνται πόνοις, τῆς μέν κατά ψυχήν ἡδονῆς εἶναι πατέρας· τῆς δέ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν σωματικῆς λύπης εἶναι γεννήτορας. ( ΄) Ὥσπερ τήν λύπην διττήν, ὡς ἔφην, οἶδεν ὁ λόγος, οὕτω καί τῶν πειρασμῶν διττόν ἐπίσταται τόν τρόπον· τόν μέν, κατά γνώμην· τόν δέ, παρά γνώμην· καί τόν μέν, ἑκουσίων ἡδονῶν δημιουργόν, τόν δέ ἀκουσίων ὀδύνων ἐπακτικόν. Ὁ γάρ κατά γνώμην πειρασμός, τάς κατά προαίρεσιν ἑκουσίους σαφῶς συνίστησιν ἡδονάς. Ὁ δέ παρά γνώμην, προδήλως τούς ἀκουσίους παρά προαίρεσιν ἐφίστησι πόνους· καί ὁ μέν, τῆς κατά ψυχήν, ὁ δέ, τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν λύπης καθέστηκεν αἴτιος.
Misuse of the mode of activity is the movement of the power toward that which is not naturally suited to it according to nature and subsistence.
(88) He says that the end of the soul's grief is sensory pleasure; for from this grief of the soul is constituted; just as, then, the end of the soul's pleasure is the flesh's grief; for the soul's gladness becomes the flesh's punishment.
(89) He says that grief is twofold: the one, concerned with sensation, consisting in the deprivation of bodily pleasures; the other, concerned with the mind, arising from the deprivation of the soul's goods. And he says that temptations too are twofold: the one, voluntary; the other, involuntary. And the voluntary ones are the fathers of sensory bodily pleasure, and the begetters of the soul's grief [pain]; for sin, when committed, grieves the soul alone. But the involuntary ones, which are shown in pains contrary to one's will, are the fathers of the soul's pleasure, and the begetters of sensory bodily grief. (90) Just as the account knows grief to be twofold, as I said, so too it understands the mode of temptations to be twofold: the one according to will, the other contrary to will; and the one a producer of voluntary pleasures, the other a bringer-on of involuntary pains. For the temptation according to will clearly constitutes the voluntary pleasures that accord with choice. But the one contrary to will manifestly brings on the involuntary pains that are contrary to choice; and the one is the cause of the soul's grief, the other of sensory grief.
( α΄) Ὁ μέν κατά γνώμην πειρασμός, τήν κατά ψυχήν λύπην συνίστησι· τήν δέ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν δημιουργεῖ σαφῶς ἡδονήν· ὁ δέ παρά γνώμην, τήν μέν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡδονήν, τήν δέ τῆς σαρκός λύπην ὑφίστησιν. ( β΄) Οἶμαι τόν Κύριον ἡμῶν καί Θεόν, πῶς δεῖ προσεύχεσθαι τούς οἰκείους διδάσκοντα μαθητάς, πρός τό, τό κατά γνώμην εἶδος τῶν πειρασμῶν ἀπεύχεσθαι φάσκειν, Καί μή εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν· τῶν ἡδονικῶν δηλονότι καί γνωμικῶν καί ἑκουσίων πειρασμῶν, μή ἐγκαταλειφθῆναι πεῖραν λαβεῖν εὔχεσθαι· τόν δέ μέγαν Ἰάκωβον τοῦ Κυρίου λεγόμενον ἀδελφόν, πρός τό τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν εἶδος, διδάσκοντα μή συστέλλεσθαι τούς ὑπέρ ἀληθείας ἀγνωνιζομένους, φάναι. Πᾶσαν χαράν ἡγήσασθε, ἀδελφοί μου, ὅταν πειρασμοῖς περιπέσητε ποικίλοις, δηλονότι τοῖς ἀκουσίοις καί παρά γνώμην, καί πόνων ποιητικοῖς πειρασμοῖς. Καί δηλοῦσι σαφῶς, ἐκεῖ μέν, ἐπάγων ὁ Κύριος, Ἀλλά ῥῆσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπό τοῦ πονηροῦ· ἐνταῦθα δέ ὁ μέγας Ἰάκωβος, Γινώσκοντες ὅτι τό δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως, κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν· ἡ δέ ὑπομονή, ἔργον τέλειον ἐχέτω, ἵνα ἦτε τέλειοι καί ὁλόκληροι, ἐν μηδενί λειπόμενοι. ( γ΄) Ὁ μέν Κύριος ἀπεύχεσθαι τούς ἑκουσίους ἡμᾶς διδάσκει πειρασμούς, ὡς σαρκός μέν, ἡδονῆς· ψυχῆς δέ, ποιητικούς ὀδύνης· ὁ δέ μέγας Ἰάκωβος, ἐπί τοῖς ἀκουσίοις ἡμῖν παραινεῖ χαίρειν πειρασμοῖς, ὡς σαρκός μέν ἡδονήν, ψυχῆς δέ ὀδύνην ἀφαιρουμένοις.
(1) The temptation that comes by deliberate choice produces grief in the soul, while pleasure clearly creates the temptation that comes through the senses; but the temptation that comes against deliberate choice brings about pleasure of the soul and grief of the flesh. (2) I think our Lord and God, when teaching His own disciples how they ought to pray, said, to the end that they should pray against the form of temptations that comes by deliberate choice, And lead us not into temptation—that is, they should pray not to be abandoned to experience the pleasant, deliberate, and voluntary temptations; while James, said to be the brother of the Lord, teaching those who struggle for the truth not to be dismayed at the form of involuntary temptations, said, Count it all joy, my brothers, when you fall into various temptations—that is, the involuntary and against-choice temptations, and those that produce toils. And they make it clear: there the Lord adds, But deliver us from the evil one; and here the great James says, Knowing that the testing of your faith produces endurance; and let endurance have its perfect work, that you may be perfect and complete, lacking in nothing. (3) The Lord teaches us to pray against voluntary temptations, as being productive of pleasure for the flesh and of pain for the soul; while the great James exhorts us to rejoice in involuntary temptations, as those that take away pleasure from the flesh and pain from the soul.
( δ΄) Τέλειός ἐστιν, ὁ τοῖς ἑκουσίοις δι᾿ ἐγκρατείας μαχόμενος, καί τοῖς ἀκουσίοις δι᾿ ὑπομονῆς ἐγκαρτερῶν πειρασμοῖς· καί ὁλόκληρός ἐστιν, ὁ καί τήν πρᾶξιν μετά γνώσεως, καί τήν θεωρίαν οὐκ ἄπρακτον διανύων. ( ε΄) Διῃρημένης εἰς ψυχήν τε καί αἴσθησιν τῆς τε λύπης καί τῆς ἡδονῆς, ὁ τήν τῆς ψυχῆς περιποιούμενος ἡδονήν, τήν δέ τῆς αἰσθήσεως μεθ᾿ ὑπομονῆς καταδεχόμενος λύπην, δόκιμος γίνεται καί τέλειος καί ὁλόκληρος· δόκιμος μέν, διά τήν πεῖραν τῶν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἐναντίων· τέλειος δέ, ὡς τῇ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονῇ τε καί λύπῃ δι᾿ ἐγκρατείας καί ὑπομονῆς ἀνενδότως μαχόμενος· ὁλόκληρος δέ, ὡς τάς μαχομένας ταῖς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἀλλήλαις ἀντικειμέναις διαθέσεσιν ἕξεις, ἐν τῇ σταθερότητι τῆς κατά τόν λόγον ταυτότητος, ἀλωβήτους διαφυλάττων· φημί δέ τήν πρᾶξιν καί τήν θεωρίαν, ἀλλήλαις συνεχομένας, καί μηδεμίαν τῆς ἑτέρας διεζευγμένην· ἀλλά τήν μέν πρᾶξιν τῆς θεωρίας τήν γνῶσιν διά τῶν τρόπων προφαίνουσαν· τήν δέ θεωρίαν, οὐχ ἧττον τοῦ λόγου τήν ἀρετήν τεθωρακισμένην τῆς πράξεως.
(4) Perfect is the one who fights against voluntary temptations through self-control, and endures involuntary ones through patience; and whole is the one who completes both action with knowledge and contemplation not without action. (5) Since grief and pleasure are divided between soul and sense, the one who procures the pleasure of the soul, and accepts with patience the grief of the sense, becomes approved and perfect and whole: approved, through the experience of the opposites perceived by sense; perfect, as one who fights unyieldingly against the pleasure and grief of sense through self-control and patience; whole, as one who keeps undamaged, in the stability of the sameness according to the principle, the habits that are opposed to the mutually opposed dispositions perceived by sense; I mean action and contemplation, held together with each other, and neither of them separated from the other; but action showing forth the knowledge of contemplation through the manners, and contemplation no less armed with the virtue of action by the principle.
( στ΄) Ὁ λύπης καί ἡδονῆς σαρκός πεῖραν λαβών, λέγοιτ᾿ ἄν δόκιμος· ὡς εὐχερείας καί δυσχερείας τῶν περί σάρκα πραγμάτων πεπειραμένος. Τέλειος δέ, ὁ τήν ἡδονήν τῆς σαρκός καί τήν ὀδύνην τῇ τοῦ λόγου δυνάμει
καταπαλαίσας· ὁλόκληρος δέ, ὁ τάς κατά πρᾶξιν καί θεωρίαν ἕξεις, ἀτρέπτους τῇ περί τόν θεῖον πόθον συντονίᾳ διατηρήσας. ( ζ΄) Τῆς μέν κατά ψυχήν λύπης ἐστί, διττός ὁ τρόπος· ὁ μέν, ἐπί τοῖς οἰκείοις· ὁ δέ, ἐπί τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις πλημμελήμασι συνιστάμενος. Αἰτία δέ τῆς τοιαύτης λύπης, ἡ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν τοῦ λυπουμένου σαφῶς, ἤ τῶν δι᾿ οὕς λυπεῖται καθέστηκεν ἡδονή. Κατά γάρ τόν ἀκριβῆ λόγον, οὐκ ἔστι παντελῶς ἁμαρτία σχεδόν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, μή τῆς ψυχῆς πρός αἴσθησιν, ἡδονῆς ἕνεκεν ἀλόγιστον σχέσιν, ἀρχήν τῆς οἰκείας γενέσεως ἔχουσα. Τῆς δέ κατά ψυχήν ἡδονῆς αἰτία, προδήλως ἐστίν, ἡ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν τοῦ ἐπί ταῖς οἰκείαις ἤ ταῖς ἀλλοτρίαις ἀρεταῖς ἡδομένου τε καί χαίροντος λύπη. Κατά γάρ τόν ἀκριβῆ λόγον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀρετή σχεδόν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, μή τῆς ψυχῆς πρός αἴσθησιν λελογισμένην ἀποδιάθεσιν, ἀρχήν τῆς οἰκείας γενέσεως ἔχουσα.
(6) The one who has experienced the trial of grief and the pleasure of the flesh may be called approved, as having been tested in the ease and difficulty of things pertaining to the flesh. And perfect is the one who has wrestled down the pleasure of the flesh and its pain by the power of reason; and whole is the one who has kept the states of action and contemplation unwavering through his intensity of divine longing. (7) Of grief according to the soul there is a twofold manner: the one consists in one's own faults, the other in those of others. And the cause of such grief is clearly the pleasure, according to perception, of the one who grieves, or of those for whose sake he grieves. For according to the exact account, there is almost no sin at all among men that does not have, as the beginning of its own generation, the soul's irrational attachment to perception for the sake of pleasure. And the cause of pleasure according to the soul is plainly the grief, according to perception, of the one who takes pleasure and rejoices in his own virtues or in those of others. For according to the exact account, there is almost no virtue among men that does not have, as the beginning of its own generation, the soul's reasoned rejection of perception.
( η΄) Χωρίς τῆς κατά ψυχήν ἐμπαθοῦς πρός αἴσθησιν σχέσεως, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἀνθρώποις παντελῶς ἁμαρτία· πάσης δέ λύπης συνισταμένης κατά ψυχήν, ἡδονή σαρκός προηγεῖται.
( θ΄) Γένεσις ἀρετῆς ἐστιν ἀληθής, ἡ πρός τήν σάρκα τῆς ψυχῆς ἑκούσιος ἀλλοτρίωσις· εὐφραίνει δέ ψυχήν πνευματικῶς, ὁ τοῖς ἑκουσίοις τήν σάρκα πόνοις δαμάζων.
(ρ΄) Τῆς ψυχῆς ὑπέρ ἀρετῆς πρός τήν αἴσθησιν ἀποδιάθεσιν κτησαμένης, ἐξανάγκης ἡ αἴσθησις ἐν πόνοις ἔσται, τήν τῶν ἡδέων ἐπινοητικήν συνημμένην αὐτῇ κατα τήν γνωμικήν σχέσιν, τῆς ψυχῆς οὐκ ἔχουσα δύναμιν· τοὐναντίον δέ, τήν μέν τῶν αὐτῆς φυσικῶν ἡδονῶν ἐπανάστασιν, δι᾿ ἐγκρατείας ἀνδρικῶς ἀποῤῥαπίζουσαν· πρός δέ τήν τῶν παρά φύσιν και ἀκουσίων πόνων ἐπαγωγήν, διά τῆς ὑπομονῆς, ἀμείλικτον παντελῶς διαμένουσαν, καί τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν θεοπρεποῦς ἀξίας τε καί δόξης διά τήν ἀνυπόστατον ἡδονήν οὐκ ἐξισταμένην, καί πρός τήν τῶν πόνων ἀντίληψιν φειδοῖ τῆς σαρκός διά τήν ὀδυνῶσαν αἴσθησιν, τοῦ ὕψους τῶν ἀρετῶν οὐκ ἀποπίπτουσαν. Τῆς δέ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν λύπης αἰτία καθέστηκεν, ἡ πρός τά κατά φύσιν τῆς ψυχῆς παντελής ἀσχολία. Τήν δέ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονήν, ἡ παρά φύσιν ἐνέργεια τῆς ψυχῆς προδήλως ὑφίστησιν, ἄλλην ἀρχήν ἔχειν οὐ δυναμένην συστάσεως, ἤ τήν ψυχῆς τῶν κατά φύσιν ἀπόθεσιν.
(8) Without the soul's passionate relation to sensation, there is no complete sin among humans; but whenever grief is constituted in the soul, the pleasure of the flesh precedes it.
(9) The true origin of virtue is the soul's voluntary alienation from the flesh; and the one who subdues the flesh by voluntary labors gladdens the soul spiritually.
(10) When the soul has acquired a detachment from sensation on behalf of virtue, of necessity sensation will be in pains, having no power over the soul's inventive faculty for pleasures, which is joined to it according to the disposition of the will; but on the contrary, it bravely beats back the uprising of its natural pleasures through self-control, and remains wholly unrelenting toward the induction of pains contrary to nature and involuntary, through endurance, and does not depart from the God-befitting worth and glory according to virtue because of insubstantial pleasure, nor does it fall from the height of the virtues toward the reception of pains through sparing of the flesh because of the painful sensation. And the cause of grief according to sensation is the soul's complete neglect of things according to nature. And the pleasure according to sensation is manifestly established by the soul's activity contrary to nature, which cannot have any other principle of constitution than the soul's setting aside of things according to nature.
ΕΚΑΤΟΝΤΑΣ ΤΕΤΑΡΤΗ (α΄) Ἐπινοητικήν οἶδε τήν νοεράν τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμιν· ἥτις χωριζομένη τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν σχέσεως, ἔρημον τῆς πρός ἡδονήν τήν σάρκα καταλιμπάνει προνοίας, κατά τήν ἐν γνώμῃ σχέσιν, οὐδέ τήν ὀδύνην τῆς σαρκός ἀνεχομένη παραμυθεῖσθαι, διά τήν ἐν σχέσει τῆς γνώμης πρός τά θεῖα ὁλικήν σχολήν.
(β΄) Νοῦς καί αἴσθησις ἀντικειμένην ἔχουσι πρός ἄλλήλα τήν κατά φύσιν ἐνέργειαν, διά τήν τῶν αὐτοῖς ὑποκειμένων ἀκροτάτην διαφοράν καί ἑτερότητα. Ὁ μέν γάρ, ὑποκειμένας ἔχει τάς νοητάς καί ἀσωμάτους οὐσίας, ὧν ἀσωμάτως ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι πέφυκεν· ἡ δέ, τάς αἰσθητάς καί σωματικάς φύσεις, ὧν καί αὐτή φυσικῶς ἀντιλαμβάνεται.
(γ΄) Ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς τῶν κατά φύσιν ἀπόθεσις, τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονῆς ἀρχή γίνεσθαι πέφυκε. Τῆς γάρ ψυχῆς περί τά κατά φύσιν ἀγαθά πονουμένης, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ τόν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν τῆς ἡδονῆς τρόπον ἐφευρίσκουσα δύναμις.
(δ΄) Ἔνθα λόγος προκαθηγεῖται τῆς αἰσθήσεως κατά τήν τῶν ὁρατῶν θεωρίαν, πάσης ἐστέρηται τῆς κατα φύσιν ἡ σάρξ ἡδονῆς, οὐκ ἔχουσα τήν αἴσθησιν ἄφετον καί τῶν λογικῶν ἀπολελυμένην δεσμῶν, εἰς ὑπηρεσίαν τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτήν ἡδονῶν. Ὅθεν καί ἐξανάγκης κρατοῦντος τοῦ ἐν ἡμῶν λόγου, ἡ πρός ἀρετήν αὐτῷ δουλωθεῖσα βασανίζεται σάρξ.
ONE HUNDRED AND FOURTH (1) He knows the noetic power of the soul to be inventive; when it is separated from the relation according to sensation, it leaves the flesh destitute of providence toward pleasure, in accordance with the relation in the will, not enduring even to comfort the pain of the flesh, because of the wholehearted leisure of the will in its relation to divine things.
(2) Intellect and sensation have their natural activity opposed to one another, because of the extreme difference and otherness of the subjects underlying them. For the one has as its subjects the intelligible and incorporeal essences, which it is naturally disposed to apprehend incorporeally; while the other has the sensible and corporeal natures, which it too naturally apprehends.
(3) The soul's setting aside of things according to nature is naturally disposed to become the beginning of pleasure according to sensation. For when the soul labors over the good things according to nature, the power that invents the mode of pleasure according to sensation is not present.
(4) Where reason presides over sensation in the contemplation of visible things, the flesh is deprived of every pleasure according to nature, not having sensation unfettered and released from rational bonds, for the service of the pleasures that are according to it. Hence also, of necessity, when the reason within us prevails, the flesh that has been enslaved to it for virtue is tormented.
(ε΄) Ὁ νοῦς ἅμα τήν αἴσθησιν οἰκείαν κατά φύσιν ἡγήσεται δύναμιν, ταῖς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπιπλεκόμενος ἐπιφανείας, ἐπινοεῖται τάς σαρκικάς ἡδονάς, οὐ δυνάμενος τῶν ὁρατῶν διαβῆναι τήν φύσιν, τῇ πρός τήν αἴσθησιν ἐμπαθεῖ σχέσει κατασχεθείς.
(στ΄) Εἰ οὐκ ἔστι δυνατόν πρός τά συγγενῆ νοητά τόν νοῦν διαβῆναι, δίχα τῆς τῶν διά μέσου προβεβλημένων αἰσθητῶν θεωρίας· ταύτην δέ γενέσθαι, παντελῶς ἀμήχανον χωρίς τῆς αὐτῷ μέν συγκειμένης, τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς δέ κατά φύσιν συγγενοῦς αἰσθήσεως· εἰκότως εἰ μέν προβαλών ἐνσχεθῇ ταῖς ἐπιφανείαις τῶν ὁρατῶν, ἐνέργειαν εἶναι φυσικήν τήν συγκειμένην οἰόμενος αἴσθησιν, τῶν μέν κατά φύσιν ἐκπέπτωκε νοητῶν· τῶν δέ παρά φύσιν ἀμφοῖν ταῖν χεροῖν, ὅ δή λέγεται, ἐπελάβετο σωμάτων· οἷς παρά τόν λόγον ἐνεργούμενος, διά τήν αὐτόν ἐκνικήσασαν αἴσθησιν, τῆς μέν κατά ψυχήν λύπης γεννήτωρ καθίσταται, συχναῖς ταῖς κατά συνείδησιν μάστιξιν αἰκιζόμενος· τῆς δέ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονῆς ἀρίδηλος γίνεται ποιητής, ταῖς ἐπινοίαις τῶν περιποιητικῶν τρόπων τῆς σαρκός λιπαινόμενος. Εἰ δέ τήν πρός αἴσθησιν, ἅμα τῇ προσβολῇ τῶν ὁρωμένων διατεμών ἐπιφάνειαν, τούς πνευματικούς τῶν ὄντων καθαρούς τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς σχημάτων θεάσεται λόγους, τήν μέν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡδονήν κατειργάσατο, μηδενί τῶν αἰσθητῶν θεωρουμένων κρατουμένης, τήν δέ τῆς αἰσθήσεως συνεστήσατο λύπην, πάντων κατά φύσιν τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐστερημένης.
(5) The mind, when it considers sensation to be a power proper to it by nature and becomes entangled in the appearances of sensible things, devises fleshly pleasures, being unable to pass beyond the nature of visible things, held fast by its passionate relation to sensation.
(6) If it is not possible for the mind to pass over to the noetic realities akin to it apart from the contemplation of the sensible things set before it as intermediaries, and this is altogether impossible without the sensation that is composed with it and naturally akin to sensible things, then reasonably, if the mind, having set these before it, becomes entangled in the appearances of visible things, supposing the sensation composed with it to be a natural activity, it has fallen away from the noetic realities that are according to nature, and with both hands, as the saying goes, it has laid hold of bodies that are contrary to nature. Being activated in them contrary to reason, because of the sensation that has prevailed within it, it becomes the begetter of grief according to the soul, being tormented by the frequent scourges of conscience, and it becomes the manifest maker of pleasure according to sensation, being anointed by the devices of the ways that procure the flesh. But if, cutting off at once the relation to sensation at the very impact of the things seen, it contemplates the spiritual and pure principles of beings apart from their shapes, it has wrought the pleasure of the soul, since it is held captive by none of the sensible things contemplated, and it has established the grief of sensation, since sensation is deprived of all sensible things according to nature.
(ζ΄) Ἐπειδή τήν μέν τῆς ψυχῆς λύπην, ἤγουν τόν πόνον (ταὐτόν γάρ ἀλλήλοις ἀμφότερα), ἡ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονήν συνίστησι· τήν δέ τῆς αἰσθήσεως λύπην, ἤγουν τόν πόνον, ἡ κατα ψυχήν ποιεῖν ἡδονή πέφυκεν, εἰκότως ὁ τῆς κατ᾿ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ καί Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δι᾿ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον καί ἀμίαντον καί ἀμάραντον τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἐφιέμενος, κατά μέν τήν ψυχήν ἀγαλλίασιν ἔχει, χαράν ἀνεκλάλητον, διηνεκῶς τῇ τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπίδι γαννύμενος ἀγαθῶν· κατά δέ τήν σάρκα καί τήν αἴσθησιν, ἤγουν τούς ἐκ τῶν ποικίλων πειρασμῶν ἐπιγινομένους αὐτῇ πόνους, καί τάς ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς ὀδύνας. Πάσῃ γάρ ἀρετῇ, ἡδονή καί πόνος παρέπεται· πόνος μέν σαρκός, ἐστερημένης τῆς προσηνοῦς καί λειοτέρας αἰσθήσεως· ἡδονή δέ ψυχῆς, παντός αἰσθητοῦ καθαροῖς ἐντρυφώσης τοῖς ἐν πνεύματι λόγοις. (η΄) Δέον ἐστί τόν νοῦν κατά τήν παροῦσαν ζωήν (τοῦτο γάρ μοι νοεῖται, τό νῦν), κατά σάρκα λυπούμενον, διά τούς πολλούς πόνους τῶν ὑπέρ ἀρετῆς αὐτῷ προσαγομένων πειρασμῶν, ἀεί χαίρειν κατά ψυχήν, καί ἤδεσθαι διά τήν ἐλπίδα τῶν αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν, κἄν ἔχῃ καταπονουμένην τήν αἴσθησιν. Οὐ γάρ ἄξια τά παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρός τήν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι εἰς ἡμᾶς, φησίν ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος.
(7) Since pleasure according to sensation produces the soul's grief, that is, its pain (for both are the same as each other), and the pleasure according to the soul naturally produces the grief of sensation, that is, its pain, reasonably the one who aspires to the life of God and our Savior Jesus Christ according to hope, the life through the resurrection of the dead into an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled and unfading, kept in the heavens, has exultation according to the soul, joy inexpressible, continually rejoicing in the hope of the good things to come; but according to the flesh and sensation, he has the pains that come upon it from various temptations, and the distresses that follow them. For every virtue is accompanied by pleasure and pain: pain of the flesh, which is deprived of the pleasant and smoother sensation; and pleasure of the soul, which delights in all the pure spiritual meanings of things perceptible. (8) It is necessary that the mind in the present life (for this is what I understand by "now"), while it grieves according to the flesh because of the many pains of the temptations brought upon it for the sake of virtue, always rejoice according to the soul and be glad because of the hope of eternal good things, even if it has its sensation worn down by toil. For the sufferings of the present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory that is to be revealed in us, says the divine Apostle.
(θ΄) Ψυχῆς, ἡ σάρξ, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ σαρκός ἡ ψυχή· τοῦ γάρ κρείττονος, φησί, τό ἧττον, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ τοῦ ἥττονος τό κρεῖττον. Οὐκοῦν, ἐπειδή τῇ σαρκί διά τήν παράβασιν ἐνεφύρη τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ νόμος, ὅπερ ἐστίν ἡ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονή, δι᾿ ἥν διά πόνων κατεκρίθη τῆς σαρκός ὁ θάνατος, εἰς τήν τοῦ νόμου τῆς σαρκός ἀναίρεσιν ἐπινενοημένος, ὁ διαγνούς ὅτι διά τήν ἁμαρτίαν εἰς τήν αὐτῆς ἀναίρεσιν ἐπεισῆλθεν ὁ θάνατος, ἀεί χαίρουσαν ἔχει τήν ψυχήν, διά πόνων ποικίλων θεωμένην ἀπογινόμενον τῆς οἰκείας σαρκός τόν νόμον τῆς ἁμαρτίας, πρός ὑποδοχήν τῆς
μελλούσης ἐν πνεύματι μακαρίας ζωῆς, ἧς ἄλλως οὐκ ἔστι τυχεῖν, μή πρότερον κενωθέντος ὡς ἐξ ἀγγείου τινός τῆς σαρκός ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ζωῇ, κατά τήν πρός αὐτήν σχέσιν τῆς γνώμης, τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας. (ι΄) Ὁ τῇ ἀρετῇ κατά σάρκα διά τούς πόνους λυπούμενος, ἐν αὐτῇ χαίρει τῇ ἀρετῇ κατά ψυχήν, ὡς παροῦσαν θεώμενος τήν τῶν μελλόντων εὐπρέπειαν· ὑπέρ ἧς, κατά τόν μέγαν Δαβίδ, τῇ κατά γνώμην ἀπογενέσει τῆς σαρκός, καθ᾿ ἑκάστην ἀποθνήσκει τήν ἡμέραν, ὁ κατά τήν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐν πνεύματι γένεσιν ἀεί καινιζόμενος, ἅτε δή καί τήν ἡδονήν ἔχων σωτήριον, καί τήν λύπην ὠφέλιμον. Λύπην γάρ φαμεν, οὐ τήν παράλογον καί τῶν πολλῶν, ἐπί στερήσει παθῶν ἤ πραγμάτων ὑλικῶν τήν ψυχήν βασανίζουσαν, ὡς τάς ὁρμάς παρά φύσιν ἐφ᾿ ἅ μή δεῖ, καί τάς ἀποφυγάς ἀφ᾿ ὧν μή δεῖ ποιουμένων· ἀλλά τήν λελογισμένην, καί τοῖς τά θεῖα σοφοῖς ἐγκριθεῖσαν, καί τό παρόν κακόν ὑποσημαίνουσαν·
(8) The flesh is of the soul, but the soul is not of the flesh; for, he says, the lesser belongs to the greater, but the greater does not belong to the lesser. Therefore, since by reason of the transgression the law of sin was breathed into the flesh—which is pleasure according to sensation, through which the death of the flesh was condemned to come by pains—death was devised for the removal of the law of the flesh. The one who recognizes that death entered because of sin for its own removal keeps his soul always rejoicing, as by various pains it contemplates the law of sin of its own flesh dying away, for the reception of the
blessed life to come in the Spirit, which it is otherwise impossible to obtain unless the law of sin has first been emptied out, as from some vessel, from the flesh in the present life, according to the disposition of the will toward it. (9) The one who is grieved in the flesh for virtue's sake because of its pains rejoices in that same virtue according to the soul, contemplating as present the beauty of things to come; for its sake, according to the great David, by the dying away of the flesh in will, he dies each day, being always renewed according to the soul's birth in the Spirit, inasmuch as he has both a saving pleasure and a profitable grief. For we call grief not the irrational grief of the many, which torments the soul at the deprivation of passions or material things—as when they make their impulses contrary to nature toward what they should not, and their avoidances from what they should not—but the reasoned grief, approved by those wise in divine things, which signifies the present evil;
παρόν γάρ κακόν, φασίν εἶναι τήν λύπην, συνισταμένην μέν κατά ψυχήν, ὅταν ἡ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἡδονή τῆς λογικῆς κρατῇ διακρίσεως· ὑφισταμένην δέ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν, ὅταν τῆς ψυχῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ἀκωλύτως ὁ δρόμος ἀνύηται· τοσοῦτον ἐπάγων τῇ αἰσθήσει τούς πόνους, ὅσον ἡδονήν ἐμποιεῖ καί χαράν τῇ ψυχῇ, τῷ Θεῷ προσαγομένῃ, διά τῆς συγγενοῦς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν τε καί γνῶσιν ἐλλάμψεως.
(ια΄) Ἡδονήν λέγει σωτήριον, τήν ἐπ᾿ ἀρετῇ χαράν τῆς ψυχῆς· ὠφέλιμον δέ λύπην, τήν ὑπέρ ἀρετῆς ὀδύνην τῆς σαρκός. Ὁ γοῦν πάθεσι προστετηκώς καί πράγμασιν, ἐφ᾿ ἅ μή δεῖ τάς ὁρμάς ποιεῖται· καί ὁ τάς ποιητικάς τῆς τῶν παθῶν καί τῶν πραγμάτων στερήσεως συμβάσεις οὐκ ἀσπαζόμενος, ἀφ᾿ ὧν μή δεῖ τάς ἀποφυγάς ποιεῖται.
(ιβ΄) Οὔτε ἡ θεία χάρις ἐνεργεῖ φωτισμούς γνώσεως, οὐκ ὄντος τοῦ κατά δύναμιν φυσικήν δεχομένου τόν φωτισμόν· οὔτε μήν τό δεκτικόν δίχα τῆς χορηγούσης χάριτος, τόν φωτισμόν ἐνεργεῖ γνώσεως. (ιγ΄) Οὔτε ἡ χάρις τοῦ παναγίου Πνεύματος ἐνεργεῖ σοφίαν ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, χωρίς τοῦ ταύτην δεχομένου νοός· οὔτε γνῶσιν χωρίς τῆς δεκτικῆς τοῦ λόγου δυνάμεως· οὔτε πίστει ἄνευ τῆς κατά νοῦν καί λόγον τῶν μελλόντων καί πᾶσι τέως ἀδήλων πληροφορίας· οὔτε ἰαμάτων χαρίσματα, δίχα τῆς κατά φύσιν φιλανθρωπίας· οὔτε τι ἕτερον τῶν λοιπῶν χαρισμάτων, χωρίς τῆς ἑκάστου δεκτικῆς ἕξεώς τε καί δυνάμεως· οὔτε μήν πάλιν ἕν τῶν ἀπηριθμημένων ἄνθρωπος κτήσεται κατά δύναμιν φυσικήν, δίχα τῆς χορηγούσης ταῦτα θείας δυνάμεως. Καί δηλοῦσι τοῦτο σαφῶς πάντες ἅγιοι, μετά τάς ἀποκαλύψεις τῶν θείων, ζητοῦντες τῶν ἀποκαλυφθέντων τούς λόγους.
For they say that the present evil is grief, constituted in the soul when sensory pleasure prevails over rational discernment; and subsisting in the senses when the soul's course in virtue proceeds unhindered; inflicting labors on the senses to the same degree that it produces pleasure and joy in the soul when it is brought near to God through the illumination akin to it in virtue and knowledge.
(11) He calls saving pleasure the joy of the soul in virtue; and beneficial grief the pain of the flesh for the sake of virtue. So then, the one who is attached to passions and to things toward which he does not ought to make his impulses; and the one who does not welcome the agreements productive of the deprivation of passions and of things, from which he does not ought to make his avoidances.
(12) Neither does divine grace effect illuminations of knowledge when there is no one receiving the illumination according to natural capacity; nor indeed does the receptive capacity, apart from the grace that supplies it, effect the illumination of knowledge. (13) Nor does the grace of the all-holy Spirit effect wisdom in the saints apart from the mind that receives it; nor knowledge apart from the receptive power of the word; nor faith without the full assurance, according to mind and reason, of things to come and for the present unknown to all; nor gifts of healings apart from natural love for humanity; nor any other of the remaining gifts apart from the receptive habit and power of each; nor indeed, in turn, will a man acquire one of the enumerated things according to natural capacity apart from the divine power that supplies them. And all the saints make this clear, after the revelations of divine things, seeking the principles of the things revealed.
(ιδ΄) Ὁ δίχα πάθους αἰτῶν, λαμβάνει τήν τοῦ ἐνεργεῖν δύνασθαι χάριν κατά τήν πρᾶξιν τάς ἀρετάς· καί ὁ ζητῶν ἀπαθῶς, εὑρίσκει κατά τήν φυσικήν θεωρίαν τήν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀλήθειαν, καί ὁ κρούων ἀπαθῶς τήν θύραν τῆς γνώσεως, ἀκωλύτως εἰς τήν ἀπόκρυφον τῆς μυστικῆς θεολογίας ἐλεύσεται χάριν. (ιε΄) Ὁ ἀπαθῶς τά θεῖα ζητῶν, πάντως λήψεται τό ζητούμενον. Ὁ δέ μετά τινος πάθους ζητῶν, ἀποτεύξεται τοῦ ζητουμένου. Φησί γάρ, Αἰτεῖτε, καί οὐ λαμβάνετε, διότι κακῶς αἰτεῖτε.
(ιστ΄) Ζητεῖ ἐν ἡμῖν τήν τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, καί ἐρευνᾷ· ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἑαυτῷ ζητεῖ τό ζητούμενον, ὅτι Θεός, καί πάσης ἐπέκεινα γνώσεως· ἀλλ᾿ ἡμῖν τοῖς δεομένοις τῆς γνώσεως· ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καί ὁ Λόγος γίνεται σάρξ, οὐχ ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλ᾿ ἡμῖν τό διά τῆς σαρκός ἐξανύων μυστήριον. Ὡς γάρ χωρίς σαρκός νοερῶς ἐψυχωμένης, οὐκ ἐνήργει θεοπρεπῶς τά κατά φύσιν ὁ Λόγος τῆς σαρκός, οὕτως οὐδέ τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἐνεργεῖ τάς γνώσεις τῶν μυστηρίων, χωρίς τῆς κατά φύσιν ζητούσης τε καί ἐρευνώσης τήν γνῶσιν δυνάμεως.
(14) The one who asks without passion receives the grace of being able to accomplish the virtues in practice; and the one who seeks without passion finds, through natural contemplation, the truth that is in existing things; and the one who knocks without passion at the door of knowledge will enter without hindrance into the hidden grace of mystical theology. (15) The one who seeks divine things without passion will certainly receive what he seeks. But the one who seeks with some passion will fail to obtain what he seeks. For it says, You ask and do not receive, because you ask wrongly.
(16) The Holy Spirit seeks the knowledge of existing things in us, and searches it out; but it does not seek what is sought for itself, because it is God and beyond all knowledge; rather, it seeks it for us who need knowledge; just as, indeed, the Word also becomes flesh, not for itself, but for us, accomplishing through the flesh the mystery. For just as, without flesh rationally ensouled, the Word of the flesh did not accomplish the things according to nature in a God-befitting way, so too the Holy Spirit does not accomplish in the saints the knowledge of the mysteries without the power that by nature seeks and searches out knowledge.
(ιζ΄) Ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔστι χωρίς ἡλιακοῦ φωτός ὀφθαλμόν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν αἰσθητῶν, οὕτω δίχα πνευματικοῦ φωτός νοῦς ἀνθρώπινος οὔποτ᾿ ἄν δέξεται θεωρίαν πνευματικήν. Τό μέν γάρ αἰσθητόν φῶς, κατά φύσιν φωτίζει τήν αἴσθησιν πρός τήν τῶν σωματικῶν ἀντίληψιν· τό δέ πνευματικόν, πρός τήν θεωρίαν τόν νοῦν καταυγάζει πρός κατανόησιν τῶν ὑπέρ αἴσθησιν. (ιη΄) Τάς μέν ζητητικάς τε καί ἐρευνητικάς τῶν θείων δυνάμεις οὐσιωδῶς ἔχει καταβεβλημένας αὐτῇ παρά τοῦ Κτίσαντος κατ᾿ αὐτήν τήν εἰς τό εἶναι πάροδον, ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις· τάς δέ τῶν θείων ἀποκαλύψεις, κατά χάριν ἡ τοῦ παναγίου Πνεύματος ἐπιφοιτῶσα ποιεῖται δύναμις. Ἐπειδή δέ κατ᾿ ἀρχάς διά τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῇ φύσει τῶν ὁρατῶν ταύτας ὁ πονηρός προσήλωσε τάς δυνάμεις, καί οὐκ ἦν ὁ συνιών ἤ ἐκζητῶν τόν Θεόν, πάντων τῶν μετειληφότων τῆς φύσεως, τήν νοεράν τε καί λογικήν δύναμιν ἐχόντων περιγεγραμμένην τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῶν αἰσθητῶν, καί μηδεμίαν κεκτημένων ἔννοιαν τῶν ὑπέρ αἴσθησιν, εἰκότως ἡ τοῦ παναγίου Πνεύματος χάρις, τοῖς μή κατά πρόθεσιν ἐνδιαθέτως ὑπό τήν ἀπάτην γενομένοις, τῶν ὑλικῶν ἀφηλώσασα, τήν προσηλωμένην ἀποκατέστησεν δύναμιν· ἦν καθαράν ἀπολαβόντες διά τῆς χάριτος, πρῶτον ἐζήτησαν καί ἠρεύνησαν, καί οὕτως ἐξεζήτησαν καί ἐξηρεύνησαν, διά τῆς αὐτῆς δηλαδή τοῦ Πνεύματος χάριτος.
(17) Just as it is impossible to perceive sensible things with the eye apart from the light of the sun, so the human mind will never receive spiritual contemplation without spiritual light. For sensible light naturally illuminates the senses for the apprehension of bodily things, while spiritual light illumines the mind for contemplation, for the understanding of things beyond sense. (18) Human nature has, by its very constitution, the powers that search out and investigate divine things implanted in it by the Creator at the very moment of its coming into being; but the revelations of divine things are brought about by the grace of the all-holy Spirit, which comes upon it with power. Since, however, in the beginning the evil one, through sin, fastened these powers of nature to the things that are seen, and there was none who understood or who sought after God—since all who had partaken of nature had their intellectual and rational power circumscribed by the surface of sensible things and possessed no conception of things beyond sense—for this reason the grace of the all-holy Spirit, rightly, loosed from material things those who had come under deception not by their own choice but in their disposition, and restored the power that had been fastened down. Receiving it pure through grace, they first sought and investigated, and so they sought out and investigated, evidently through the same grace of the Spirit.
(ιθ΄) Σωτηρία δηλαδή ψυχῶν, κυρίως ἐστί, τό τέλος τῆς πίστεως. Τέλος δέ πίστεώς ἐστιν, ἡ τοῦ πιστευθέντος ἀληθής ἀποκάλυψις. Ἀληθής δέ τοῦ πιστευθέντος ἐστίν ἀποκάλυψις, ἡ κατά ἀναλογίαν τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ πίστεως ἄῤῥητος τοῦ πεπιστευμένου περιχώρησις. Περιχώρησις δέ τοῦ πεπιστευμένου καθέστηκεν, ἡ πρός τήν ἀρχήν κατά τό τέλος τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐπάνοδος. Ἡ δέ πρός τήν οἰκείαν ἀρχήν κατά τό τέλος τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐπάνοδός ἐστιν, ἡ τῆς ἐφέσεως πλήρωσις. Ἐφέσεως δέ πλήρωσίς ἐστιν, ἡ περί τό ἐφετόν τῶν ἐφιεμένων ἀεικίνητος στάσις. Ἀεικίνητος δέ στάσις περί τό ἐφετόν τῶν ἐφιεμένων ἐστίν, ἡ τοῦ ἐφετοῦ διηνεκής τε καί ἀδιάστατος ἀπόλαυσις. Ἀπόλαυσις δέ διηνεκής τε καί ἀδιάστατος τοῦ ἐφετοῦ, ἡ τῶν ὑπέρ φύσιν θείων καθέστηκε μέθεξις. Μέθεξις δέ τῶν ὑπέρ φύσιν θείων ἐστίν, ἡ πρός τό μετεχόμενον τῶν μετεχόντων ὁμοίωσις. Ἡ δέ πρός τό μετεχόμενον τῶν μετεχόντων ὁμοίωσίς ἐστιν, ἡ κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν πρός αὐτό τό μετεχόμενον τῶν μετεχόντων δι᾿ ὁμοιότητος ἐνδεχομένη ταυτότης. Ἡ δέ τῶν μετεχόντων ἐνδεχομένη κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν δι᾿ ὁμοιότητος ταυτότης, ἡ δι᾿ ὁμοιότητος πρός τό μετεχόμενόν ἐστι θέωσις τῶν ἀξιουμένων θεώσεως. (κ΄) Οὐκ ἔχει ἡ φύσις τῶν ὑπέρ φύσιν τούς λόγους, ὥσπερ οὐδέ τῶν παρά φύσιν τούς νόμους. Ὑπέρ φύσιν δέ λέγω, τήν θείαν καί ἀνεννόητον ἡδονήν, ἥν ποιεῖν πέφυκεν ὁ Θεός φύσει, κατά χάριν τοῖς ἀξίοις ἑνούμενος· παρά φύσιν δέ, τήν κατά στέρησιν ταύτης συνισταμένην ἀνεκλάλητον ὀδύνην, ἥν ποιεῖν εἴωθεν ὁ Θεός φύσει, παρά τήν χάριν τοῖς ἀναξίοις ἑνούμενος.
(19) Salvation of souls, that is to say, is properly the end of faith. And the end of faith is the true revelation of what has been believed. And the true revelation of what has been believed is the ineffable interpenetration of the believed object, in proportion to the faith in each person. And the interpenetration of the believed object is the return of those who have believed to the beginning, in accordance with the end. And the return of those who have believed to their own beginning, in accordance with the end, is the fulfillment of desire. And the fulfillment of desire is the ceaselessly moving stability of those who desire, around the object of desire. And the ceaselessly moving stability of those who desire around the object of desire is the continuous and uninterrupted enjoyment of the object of desire. And the continuous and uninterrupted enjoyment of the object of desire is the participation in the divine things that are above nature. And the participation in the divine things that are above nature is the likeness of the participants to the object participated. And the likeness of the participants to the object participated is the identity, possible in activity through similarity, of the participants with the object participated itself. And the identity, possible in activity through similarity, of the participants is the deification, through similarity, of those deemed worthy of deification, toward the object participated. (20) The nature does not contain the principles of things above nature, just as it does not contain the laws of things contrary to nature. By "above nature" I mean the divine and inconceivable pleasure, which God is naturally disposed to produce when by grace he is united to those who are worthy; by "contrary to nature," the ineffable pain that consists in the privation of this, which God is accustomed to produce when, contrary to grace, he is united to those who are unworthy.
Κατά γάρ τήν ὑποκειμένην ἑκάστῳ ποιότητα τῆς διαθέσεως, ὁ Θεός τοῖς πᾶσιν ἑνούμενος, ὡς οἶδεν αὐτός, τήν αἴσθησιν ἑκάστῳ παρέχεται, καθώς ἐστιν ἕκαστος ὑφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ διαπεπλασμένος, πρός ὑποδοχήν τοῦ πάντως πᾶσιν ἑνωθησομένου κατά τό πέρας τῶν αἰώνων. (κα΄) Τούς ἐκζητοῦντας ἐν πνεύματι τήν τῶν ψυχῶν σωτηρίαν, καί ἐξερευνῶντας τούς ταύτης πνευματικούς τῆς σωτηρίας λόγους τε καί τρόπους, ὁδηγεῖ πρός κατανόησιν τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, οὐκ ἐῶν ἀκίνητον αὐτοῖς μένειν, καί ἀνενέργητον τήν δι᾿ ἧς τά θεῖα ἐκζητεῖν πεφύκασι δύναμιν. (κβ΄) Πρῶτόν τις ζητεῖ τῇ προαιρέσει νεκρῶσαι τήν ἁμαρτίαν, καί τήν προαίρεσιν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ· καί οὕτως ἐρευνᾷ, πῶς δεῖ καί ποίῳ τρόπῳ νεκρῶσαι ταύτας ἀλλήλαις. Καί πάλιν μετά τήν τούτων ἀλλήλαις τελείαν νέκρωσιν,
ζητεῖ τήν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν τῆς προαιρέσεως, καί τῆς ἀρετῆς τήν κατά προαίρεσιν ζωήν· καί οὕτως ἐρευνᾷ, πῶς δεῖ καί ποίῳ τρόπῳ τήν ἐν ἀλλήλαις τούτων δημιουργῆσαι ζωήν. Ἔστιν οὖν ὡς ἐν ὁρισμῷ λαβεῖν,ἡ μέν ζήτησις, ὄρεξις καταθυμίου τινός· ἡ δέ ἐρεύνησις, τρόπος τῆς πρός τό καταθύμιον ὀρέξεως ἀνυστικός. (κγ΄) Δεῖ ὡς ἀληθῶς τόν σωθησόμενον, μή μόνον τῇ προαιρέσει νεκρῶσαι τήν ἁμαρτίαν, ἀλλά καί αὐτήν τήν προαίρεσιν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ· καί μή μόνον ἀναστῆσαι τῇ ἀρετῇ τήν προαίρεσιν, ἀλλά καί αὐτήν τῇ προαιρέσει τήν ἀρετήν· ἵνα νεκρά νεκρᾶς, ὅλη ὅλης τῆς ἁμαρτίας διαιρεθεῖσα μή αἰσθάνηται, καί ζῶσα ζώσης, ὅλη ὅλης τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπαισθάνηται, καθ᾿ ἕνωσιν ἀδιάστατον ἡ προαίρεσις. Ὁ γάρ νεκρώσας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ τήν προαίρεσιν, σύμφυτος γέγονε τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Χριστοῦ·
For in accordance with the quality of disposition that underlies each person, God, uniting himself to all as he himself knows, grants perception to each one, in the measure that each has been formed by himself, for the reception of him who will at the end of the ages be altogether united to all. (21) Those who seek in the Spirit the salvation of souls, and who search out the spiritual principles and modes of this salvation, the Holy Spirit guides to understanding, not allowing the power by which they are naturally disposed to seek divine things to remain unmoved and inactive in them. (22) First a person seeks by choice to put sin to death, and choice to sin; and thus he searches how and in what manner one must put these to death for one another. And again, after the perfect putting to death of these for one another, he seeks the life of choice according to virtue, and the life of virtue according to choice; and thus he searches how and in what manner one must bring about the life of these in one another. It is therefore possible to grasp, as it were, in a definition: seeking is the desire for something desired; and searching is the mode of desire that accomplishes the desired thing. (23) It is truly necessary for the one who is to be saved not only to put sin to death by choice, but also choice itself to sin; and not only to raise up choice by virtue, but also virtue itself by choice; so that, dead to a dead thing, wholly separated from the whole of sin, he may not perceive it, and living to a living thing, wholly perceptive of the whole of virtue, choice may be joined to it in an inseparable union. For he who has put choice to death to sin has become conformed to the likeness of the death of Christ;
καί ὁ ταύτην ἀναστήσας τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ, σύμφυτος γέγονε καί τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ.
(κδ΄) Ἡ ἁμαρτία καί ἡ προαίρεσις νεκρούμεναι ἀλλήλαις, διπλῆν ἔχουσι πρός ἀλλήλας τήν ἀναισθησίαν. Καί ἡ δικαιοσύνη καί ἡ προαίρεσις, ἀλλήλαις ἔχουσαι τήν ζωήν, διπλῆν ἔχουσι τήν αἴσθησιν. (κε΄) Θεός ὑπάρχων φύσει καί ἄνθρωπος ὁ Χριστός, ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν ὡς Θεός ὑπέρ φύσιν χάριτι κληρονομεῖται, κατά τήν ἄῤῥητον μέθεξιν· καί δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐν εἴδει τῷ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἡμᾶς οἰκειούμενος, ἑαυτόν κληρονομεῖ σύν ἡμῖν κατά τήν ἀνεννόητον συγκατάβασιν· ὅν τῷ πνεύματι μυστικῶς οἱ ἅγιοι προθεωρήσαντες, ἐδιδάχθησαν ὡς χρή τῆς κατά τό μέλλον φανησομένης διά τήν ἀρετήν ἐν Χριστῷ δόξης, τά εἰς αὐτόν ὑπέρ ἀρετῆς κατά τό παρόν προκαθηγεῖσθαι παθήματα. (κστ΄) Ὁ μέν νοῦς κατά μόνην τήν ἔφεσιν ἀγνώστως πρός τήν τῶν ὄντων αἰτίαν κινούμενος, ζητεῖ μόνον· ὁ δέ λόγος, τούς ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀληθεῖς ποικίλως ἐφοδεύων ἐρευνᾶ λόγους. (κζ΄) Ζήτησίς ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ νοῦ πρώτη τε καί ἁπλῆ πρός τήν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν μετ᾿ ἐφέσεως κίνησις· ἐρεύνησις δέ ἐστιν, ἡ πρώτη τε καί ἁπλῆ τοῦ λόγου περί τήν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν μετά τινος ἐννοίας διάκρισις. Ἐκζήτησις δέ πάλιν ἐστίν, ἡ τοῦ νοῦ κατ᾿ ἐπιστήμην γνωστική πρός τήν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν μετά τινος ζεούσης ἐφέσεως κίνησις· ἐξερεύνησις δέ ἐστιν, ἡ τοῦ λόγου κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν τῶν ἀρετῶν περί τήν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν μετά τινος ἔμφρονος καί σοφῆς ἐννοίας γινομένη διάκρισις.
And he who raised her up by righteousness has become planted together with his resurrection.
(24) Sin and free choice, when they are put to death, have a twofold insensibility toward each other. And righteousness and free choice, having life in each other, have a twofold perception. (25) Christ, being God by nature and man, is inherited by us as God beyond nature by grace, through the ineffable participation; and for our sake, in the form that is ours, as man he makes us his own, and inherits himself together with us through the incomprehensible condescension; him the saints, having mystically foreseen in the Spirit, were taught how they ought, for the sake of virtue, to take precedence in the present life over the sufferings that come upon him, in view of the glory that will be revealed in Christ in the future because of virtue. (26) The intellect, moved by desire alone, unknowingly, toward the cause of beings, seeks only; but the reason, traversing in various ways the true principles in beings, searches out the principles. (27) Seeking is the intellect's first and simple movement toward its own cause, with desire; and searching is the reason's first and simple discernment concerning its own cause, with some conception. And inquiry again is the intellect's cognitive movement toward its own cause, according to knowledge, with a certain fervent desire; and investigation is the reason's discernment concerning its own cause, according to the activity of the virtues, arising with some prudent and wise conception.
(κη΄) Οἱ ἅγιοι καί θεῖοι προφῆται, περί τῆς σωτηρίας τῶν ψυχῶν ἐκζητήσαντές τε καί ἐξερευνήσαντες, διάπυρον εἶχον καί ζέουσαν μετ᾿ ἐπιστήμης καί γνώσεως πρός τόν Θεόν τήν τοῦ νοῦ κατ᾿ ἔφεσιν κίνησιν, καί ἔμφρονα καί σοφήν τήν τοῦ λόγου κατά τήν ἐνέργειαν τῶν θείων διάκρισιν· οὕς οἱ μιμούμενοι, μετά γνώσεως καί ἐπιστήμης τήν τῶν ψυχῶν ἐκζητοῦσι σωτηρίαν, καί μετά φρονήσεως καί σοφίας ἐξερευνῶντες, μετέρχονται τήν ἐν τοῖς θείοις ἔργοις διάκρισιν. (κθ΄) Διττήν οἶδε τήν τῶν θείων γνῶσιν ὁ λόγος, τήν μέν, σχετικήν, ὡς ἐν λόγῳ μόνῳ κειμένην καί νοήμασι, καί τήν κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ γνωσθέντος διά πείρας οὐκ ἔχουσαν αἴσθησιν, δι᾿ ἧς κατά τήν παροῦσαν ζωήν οἰκονομούμεθα· τήν δέ, κυρίως ἀληθινήν, ἐπί μόνῃ τῇ πείρᾳ, κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν δίχα λόγου καί νοημάτων, ὅλην τοῦ γνωσθέντος κατά χάριν μεθέξει παρεχομένην τήν αἴσθησιν, δι᾿ ἧς κατά τήν μέλλουσαν λῆξιν, τήν ὑπέρ φύσιν ὑποδεχόμεθα θέωσιν ἀπαύστως ἐνεργουμένην. Καί τήν μέν σχετικήν, ὡς ἐν λόγῳ κειμένην καί τοῖς νοήμασι, κινητικήν εἶναί φασι, τῆς πρός τήν μεθέξει κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν γνῶσιν ἐφέσεως· τήν δέ κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν, διά τῆς πείρας μεθέξει παρεχομένην τοῦ γνωσθέντος τήν αἴσθησιν, ἀφαιρετικήν εἶναι τῆς ἐν λόγῳ κειμένης καί νοήμασι γνώσεως.
(28) The holy and divine prophets, having sought out and searched out concerning the salvation of souls, had a fiery and boiling movement of the mind toward God in desire, together with understanding and knowledge, and a prudent and wise discernment of reason in the activity of divine things. Those who imitate them seek out the salvation of souls with knowledge and understanding, and searching out with prudence and wisdom, they pursue discernment in divine works. (29) The word knows a twofold knowledge of divine things: the one, relational, as it lies in reason alone and in concepts, and does not have the perception of the known thing in activity through experience, by which we are governed in the present life; the other, properly true, rests on experience alone, in activity apart from reason and concepts, providing wholly the perception of the known thing by grace through participation, by which, in the future state, we receive the deification beyond nature, ceaselessly active. And they say that the relational knowledge, as it lies in reason and concepts, is motive of the desire for knowledge in activity through participation; while the knowledge in activity, providing through experience the perception of the known thing by participation, is the remover of the knowledge that lies in reason and concepts.
(λ΄) Διττήν εἶναι λέγειν τήν γνῶσιν, τήν μέν, ἐν λόγῳ κειμένην καί θείοις νοήμασι, κατ᾿ εἶδος παροῦσαν τήν αἴσθησιν τῶν νοηθέντων οὐκ
ἔχουσαν· τήν δέ, κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν μόνην ἔχουσαν, δίχα λόγου καί νοημάτων τῶν ἀληθῶν τήν κατ᾿ εἶδος ἀπόλαυσιν. Ἐπειδή γάρ διά γνώσεως ὁ λόγος τό γνωστόν πέφυκεν ὑποσημαίνειν, κινεῖ τήν ἔφεσιν τῶν δι᾿ αὐτοῦ κινουμένων, πρός τήν τοῦ σημανθέντος ἀπόλαυσιν.
(λα΄) Ἀμήχανον εἶναί φασιν οἱ σοφοί, συνυπάρχειν τῇ πείρᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ, τόν περί αὐτοῦ λόγον, ἤ τῇ αἰσθήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, τήν περί αὐτοῦ νόησιν. Λόγον δέ περί Θεοῦ φημι, τήν ἐκ τῶν ὄντων ἀναλογίαν τῆς περί αὐτοῦ γνωστικῆς θεωρίας· αἴσθησιν δέ, τήν ἐν τῇ μεθέξει πεῖραν τῶν ὑπέρ φύσιν ἀγαθῶν· νόησιν δέ, τήν ἐκ τῶν ὄντων ἁπλῆν περί αὐτοῦ καί ἐνιαίαν γνῶσιν· τάχα δέ καί ἐπ᾿ ἄλλου παντός τοῦτο γνωρίζεται· εἴπερ ἡ τοῦδε τοῦ πράγματος πεῖρα, τόν περί αὐτοῦ καταπαύει λόγον· καί ἡ τοῦδε τοῦ πράγματος αἴσθησις, τήν περί αὐτοῦ σχολάζουσαν ἐργάζεται νόησιν. Πεῖραν δέ λέγω, αὐτήν τήν κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν γνῶσιν, τήν μετά πάντα λόγον ἐπιγινομένην· αἴσθησιν δέ, αὐτήν τοῦ γνωσθέντος τήν μέθεξιν, τήν μετά πᾶσαν νόησιν ἐκφαινομένην. Καί τοῦτο τυχόν μυστικῶς διδάσκων ὁ μέγας Ἀπόστολος, φησίν· Εἴτε δέ προφητεῖαι καταργηθήσονται, εἴτε γλῶσσαι παύσονται, εἴτε γνῶσις καταργηθήσεται, περί τῆς ἐν λόγῳ κειμένης καί νοήμασι γνώσεως δηλονότι φάσκων.
(30) He says that knowledge is twofold: the one lies in discourse and divine concepts, present in the form of the thing, but not having the perception of the things conceived; the other has only the form of activity, without discourse and true concepts, the enjoyment in the form of the thing. For since discourse naturally signifies the knowable through knowledge, it moves the desire of those moved by it toward the enjoyment of what has been signified.
(31) The wise say that it is impossible for the discourse about God to coexist with the experience of God, or for the understanding of God to coexist with the perception of God. By discourse about God I mean the analogy drawn from existing things of the cognitive contemplation concerning him; by perception, the experience in participation of the goods beyond nature; by understanding, the simple and unified knowledge concerning him drawn from existing things. And perhaps this is recognized in the case of every other thing as well: since the experience of this thing puts an end to the discourse about it, and the perception of this thing renders the understanding about it idle. By experience I mean the knowledge that is in activity itself, which arises after all discourse; by perception, the participation itself of the thing known, which appears after all understanding. And perhaps the great Apostle, teaching this mystically, says: Whether prophecies shall be done away, whether tongues shall cease, whether knowledge shall be done away — clearly speaking of the knowledge that lies in discourse and concepts.
(λβ΄) Ἐχρῆν ὡς ἀληθῶς τόν κατά φύσιν τῆς τῶν ὄντων οὐσίας δημιουργόν, καί τῆς κατά χάριν αὐτουργόν γενέσθαι τῶν γεγονότων θεώσεως· ἵνα ὁ τοῦ εἶναι δοτήρ, φανῆ καί τοῦ ἀεί εὖ εἶναι χαριστικός. Ἐπεί οὖν οὐδέν τῶν ὄντων ἑαυτό τό παράπαν, ἤ ἄλλο γινώσκει ὅ τί ποτε κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ἐστίν, εἰκότως οὐδέ τῶν γενησομένων οὐδενός οὐδέν τῶν ὄντων, ἔχει κατά φύσιν τήν πρόγνωσιν, πλήν τοῦ ὑπέρ τά ὄντα Θεοῦ, καί ἑαυτόν γινώσκοντος, ὅ τι κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ἐστί, καί πάντων τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ πεποιημένων, καί πρίν γενέσθαι προεγνωκότος τήν ὕπαρξιν· καί μέλλοντος κατά χάριν φιλοτιμεῖσθαι τοῖς οὖσι τήν ἑαυτῶν, καί ἄλλων, ὅ τί ποτε κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ὑπάρχουσι γνῶσιν, καί τούς ἐν αὐτῷ μονοειδῶς προόντας τῆς αὐτῶν γενέσεως φανερῶσαι λόγους.
(λγ΄) Ὁ τήν φύσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων δημιουργήσας λόγος, οὐ συνέκτισεν αὐτῇ κατά αἴσθησιν, οὔτε ἡδονήν, οὔτε ὀδύνην· ἀλλά δύναμίν τινα κατά νοῦν αὐτῇ πρός ἡδονήν, καθ᾿ ἥν ἀῤῥήτως ἀπολαύειν αὐτοῦ δυνήσεται, ἐνετεκτήνατο. Ταύτην δέ τήν δύναμιν, λέγω δέ τήν κατά φύσιν τοῦ νοῦ πρός τόν Θεόν ἔφεσιν, ἅμα τῷ γενέσθαι, τῇ αἰσθήσει δούς ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος, πρός τά αἰσθητά κατ᾿ αὐτήν τήν πρώτην κίνησιν διά μέσης τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἔσχε παρά φύσιν ἐνεργουμένην τήν ἡδονήν· ᾗτινι κατά πρόνοιαν ὁ τῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας κηδόμενος, παρέπηξεν ὥσπερ τινά τιμωρόν δύναμιν, τήν ὀδύνην· καθ᾿ ἥν ὁ τοῦ θανάτου μετά σοφίας ἐνεῤῥιζώθη τῇ τοῦ σώματος φύσει νόμος, περιορίζων τῆς τοῦ νοῦ μανίας παρά φύσιν ἐπί τά αἰσθητά κινουμένην τήν ἔφεσιν.
(32) It was truly fitting that the Creator of the substance of beings according to nature should also become the author, according to grace, of the deification of things that have come to be, so that the Giver of being might also appear as the gracious Giver of eternal well-being. Since, then, none of the things that exist knows itself at all, nor knows another—what it is in substance—reasonably none of existing things has by nature foreknowledge of any of the things that will come to be, except God, who is above beings, who knows himself—what he is in substance—and all things made by him, and foreknew their existence before they came to be; and who is about to bestow in grace upon existing things the knowledge of themselves and of others—what they are in substance—and to make manifest the principles of their generation that pre-exist in him in a single form.
(33) The Word who created the nature of human beings did not co-create with it, according to sensation, either pleasure or pain; but he implanted in it a certain power in the intellect directed toward pleasure, by which it would be able to enjoy him ineffably. But this power—I mean the natural longing of the intellect toward God—the first human being, having given it over to sensation as soon as he came to be, experienced it, in its very first movement toward sensible things through the medium of sensation, operating contrary to nature as pleasure. To this, in his providence, the one who cares for our salvation set over against it, as it were, a certain punitive power, pain, by which the law of death was wisely rooted in the nature of the body, restricting the longing of the intellect, when it is moved contrary to nature toward sensible things, from its madness.
(λδ΄) Ἡδονή καί ὀδύνη, τῇ φύσει τῆς σαρκός οὐ συνεκτίσθησαν· ἀλλ᾿ ἡ παράβασις, τήν μέν, ἐπενόησεν εἰς φθοράν τῆς προαιρέσεως· τήν δέ, κατεδίκασεν εἰς λύσιν τῆς φύσεως· ἵνα ἡ μέν ἡδονή, ψυχῆς ἑκούσιον ἐργάσηται θάνατον τήν ἁμαρτίαν· ἡ δέ ὀδύνη διά τῆς λύσεως, τήν κατ᾿ εἶδος ποιήσηται τῆς σαρκός ἀπογένεσιν. Κατά πρόνοιαν γάρ πρός κόλασιν τῆς κατά προαίρεσιν ἡδονῆς, δέδωκεν ὁ Θεός τῇ φύσει, τήν παρά προαίρεσιν ὀδύνην, καί τόν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ θάνατον. (λε΄) Διά τήν ἐπελθοῦσαν τῆ φύσει παρά λόγον ἡδονήν, ἡ κατά λόγον ἐπεισῆλθεν ὀδύνη, διά πολλῶν παθημάτων, ἐν οἷς καί ἐξ ὧν ὁ θάνατος, ποιουμένη τῆς παρά φύσιν ἡδονῆς τήν ἀφαίρεσιν· οὐ μήν δέ καί τελείαν ἀναίρεσιν, καί ἥν ἡ κατά νοῦν τῆς θείας ἡδονῆς, ἀναδείκνυσθαι πέφυκε χάρις.
(λστ΄) Ἡ τῶν ἑκουσίων πόνων ἐπίνοια, καί ἡ τῶν ἀκουσίων ἐπαγωγή, ἀφαιροῦνται μέν τήν ἡδονήν, τήν κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν αὐτῆς καταπαύουσαι κίνησιν· οὐκ ἀναιροῦσι δέ τήν ὥσπερ νόμον τῇ φύσει ἐγκειμένην πρός γένεσιν αὐτῇ δύναμιν. Ἡ γάρ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν φιλοσοφία, γνώμης ἀπάθειαν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ φύσεως ἐργάζεσθαι πέφυκε· καθ᾿ ἥν δηλαδή τήν γνωμικήν ἀπάθειαν, ἡ κατά νοῦν τῆς θείας ἡδονῆς ἐπιγίνεται χάρις.
(34) Pleasure and pain were not created together with the nature of the flesh; but transgression devised the one for the corruption of the will, and condemned the other for the dissolution of nature—so that pleasure might work out the voluntary death of the soul, namely sin, and pain, through dissolution, might bring about the passing-away of the flesh in its specific form. For by providence, as a punishment for the pleasure that is according to the will, God has given to nature the pain that is contrary to the will, and the death that follows upon it. (35) Because of the pleasure that came upon nature contrary to reason, pain according to reason entered in, through many sufferings—in which and from which is death—effecting the removal of the pleasure that is contrary to nature; yet not indeed a complete abolition, and that grace of divine pleasure according to the mind which is naturally shown forth.
(36) The devising of voluntary labors and the infliction of involuntary ones remove pleasure, putting an end to its movement in actual operation; but they do not abolish the power implanted in nature like a law for its generation. For the philosophy according to virtue is naturally fitted to produce impassibility of the will, not of nature; and it is by this, clearly, that is, by the impassibility that pertains to the will, that the grace of divine pleasure according to the mind comes upon it.
(λζ΄) Πᾶς πόνος, ὡς αἰτίαν τῆς ἰδίας γενέσεως ἔχων, κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν προηγουμένην τήν ἡδονήν, χρέος ἐστί δηλαδή, φυσικῶς κατ᾿ αἰτίαν παρά πάντων τῶν μετειληφότων τῆς φύσεως ἐκτιννύμενον. Τῇ γάρ παρά φύσιν ἡδονῇ, πάντως παρέπεται φυσικῶς ὁ πόνος ἐν πᾶσιν, ὧν ὁ τῆς ἡδονῆς νόμος ἀναιτίως προκαθηγήσατο τῆς γένεσεως. Ἀναίτιον δέ φημι τήν ἐκ τῆς παραβάσεως ἡδονήν, ὡς μή γενομένην δηλονότι προλαβόντος πόνου διάδοχον. (λη΄) Ἀμήχανον ἦν παντελῶς, τήν φύσιν ὑποκλιθεῖσαν τῇ τε κατά προαίρεσιν ἡδονῇ, καί τῇ παρά προαίρεσιν ὀδύνῃ, πάλιν εἰς τήν ἐξαρχῆς ἀνακληθῆναι ζωήν, εἰ μή γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος ὁ δημιουργός, προαιρέσει δεχόμενος τήν πρός κόλασιν τῆς κατά προαίρεσιν τῆς φύσεως ἡδονῆς, ἐπινοηθεῖσαν ὀδύνην, οὐκ ἔχουσαν προηγουμένην αὐτῆς τήν ἐξ ἡδονῆς γένεσιν· ἵνα τῆς ἐκ καταδίκης ἐλευθερώσῃ τήν φύσιν γεννήσεως, ἐξ ἡδονῆς ἀρχήν οὐκ ἔχουσαν καταδεχόμενος γέννησιν.
(λθ΄) Ἐπειδή μετά τήν παράβασιν πάντες ἄνθρωποι τήν ἡδονήν εἶχον τῆς ἰδίας φυσικῶς προκαθηγουμένην γενέσεως, καί οὐδείς ἦν τό σύνολον ὁ τῆς καθ᾿ ἡδονήν ἐμπαθοῦς γενέσεως φυσικῶς ὑπάρχων ἐλεύθερος· ἀλλ᾿ ὡς χρέος πάντες φυσικόν ἀποδιδόντες τούς πόνους, καί τήν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς ὑπέμενον θάνατον· καί ἦν ἄπορος παντάπασιν ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας τρόπος, τοῖς ὑπό τῆς ἀδίκου τυραννουμένοις ἡδονῆς, καί ὑπό τῶν δικαίων πόνων, καί τοῦ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς δικαιοτάτου θανάτου φυσικῶς ἐνεχομένοις·
(37) Every pain, having as its cause its own generation, with pleasure preceding it in actuality, is, that is to say, a debt naturally paid in accordance with that cause by all who have partaken of nature. For unnatural pleasure is in all cases naturally followed by pain, in all those whose generation the law of pleasure has causelessly led the way. I call that pleasure which comes from transgression "causeless," inasmuch as it evidently did not become the successor of a preceding pain. (38) It was altogether impossible that nature, having been subjected to pleasure according to choice and to pain contrary to choice, should be recalled again to its original life, unless the Creator had become man, receiving by choice the pain devised for the punishment of the pleasure of nature according to choice—a pain that did not have its generation from pleasure preceding it—in order that he might free nature from the generation that comes from condemnation, accepting a birth that does not have its beginning from pleasure.
(39) Since after the transgression all men had pleasure naturally leading the way to their own generation, and there was absolutely no one who was naturally free from impassioned generation according to pleasure, but all, as paying a natural debt, endured pains and the death that follows them; and the way of freedom was entirely impassable for those tyrannized by unjust pleasure and naturally held fast by just pains and by the most just death that follows them—
ἔδει δέ πρός ἀναίρεσιν μέν τῆς ἀδικωτάτης ἡδονῆς, καί τῶν δι᾿ αὐτήν δικαιοτάτων πόνων, ὑφ᾿ ὧν ἐλεεινῶς διεσπᾶτο πάσχων ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκ φθορᾶς τῆς καθ᾿ ἡδονήν ἔχων τήν ἀρχήν τῆς γενέσεως, καί εἰς φθοράν τήν διά τοῦ θανάτου τό τῆς ζωῆς καταλήγων τέλος· πρός δέ τήν ἐπανόρθωσιν τῆς ἀπαθοῦς φύσεως, ἐπινοηθῆναι πόνον καί θάνατον, ἄδικον ὁμοῦ καί ἀναίτιον· ἀναίτιον μέν, ὡς οὐδαμῶς προλαβοῦσαν ἡδονήν ἐσχηκότα πρός γένεσιν· ἄδικον δέ, ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς τό παράπαν ζωῆς ἐμπαθοῦς ὄντα διάδοχον, ἵνα μέσος διαληφθείς ἡδονῆς ἀδίκου, καί πόνου καί θανάτου δικαιοτάτου, πόνος καί θάνατος ἀδικώτατος, ἀνέλῃ διόλου τήν ἐξ ἡδονῆς ἀδικωτάτην ἀρχήν, καί τό δι᾿ αὐτήν διά θανάτου δικαιότατον τέλος τῆς φύσεως, καί γένηται πάλιν ἡδονῆς καί ὀδύνης ἐλεύθερον τό γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τήν ἐξαρχῆς εὐκληρίαν ἀπολαβούσης τῆς φύσεως, μηδενί τῶν ἐμπεφυκότων τοῖς ὑπό γένεσιν καί φθοράν γνωρισμάτων μολυνομένην. Διά τοῦτο Θεός ὑπάρχων τέλειος κατά φύσιν ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, γίνεται τέλειος ἄνθρωπος ἐκ ψυχῆς νοερᾶς καί σώματος παθητοῦ κατά φύσιν παραπλησίως ἡμῖν, χωρίς μόνης ἁμαρτίας συνεστώς· τήν μέν ἐκ τῆς παρακοῆς ἡδονήν, οὐδαμῶς τό σύνολον ἐσχηκώς, προηγουμένην αὐτοῦ τῆς ἐκ γυναικός ἐν χρόνῳ γενέσεως· τήν δέ δι᾿ αὐτήν ὀδύνην, ὑπάρχουσαν τέλος τῆς φύσεως, διά φιλανθρωπίαν κατά θέλησιν προσηκάμενος, ἵνα πάσχων ἀδίκως, ἀνέλῃ τήν ἐξ ἡδονῆς ἀδίκου τυραννοῦσαν τήν φύσιν ἀρχήν τῆς γενέσεως· οὐκ ἔχουσαν ὡς χρέος ὑπέρ αὐτῆς ἐκτιννύμενον κατά τούς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους καί τοῦ Κυρίου τόν θάνατον, ἀλλά μᾶλλον κατ᾿ αὐτῆς προβεβλημένον·
It was necessary, on the one hand, for the abolition of the most unjust pleasure and of the most just pains that came about because of it—by which man, suffering, was piteously torn apart, having the beginning of his generation from corruption in accordance with pleasure and ending the goal of life in corruption through death—and, on the other hand, for the restoration of the impassible nature, that a pain and a death be devised, at once unjust and without cause: without cause, in that they had no pleasure preceding them toward generation; unjust, in that they were in no way the successor of any passible life—so that, placed in the middle between unjust pleasure and the most just pain and death, a most unjust pain and death might wholly abolish the most unjust beginning from pleasure and the most just end of nature through death that came about because of it, and the race of men might again become free of pleasure and pain, nature recovering its original well-being, defiled by none of the marks that are implanted in things under generation and corruption. For this reason, the Word of God, being perfect God by nature, becomes a perfect man, composed of a rational soul and a body passible by nature, similar to us, constituted without sin alone; he did not at all possess the pleasure that came from disobedience, which precedes his generation from a woman in time; but the pain that came about because of it, which is the end of nature, he willingly accepted out of love for humanity, so that by suffering unjustly he might abolish the beginning of generation that tyrannized nature from unjust pleasure—the Lord's death not having, as a debt owed on its behalf, to be paid out like that of other men, but rather advanced against it.
καί τό διά τοῦ θανάτου δίκαιον τέλος ἐξαφανίσῃ τῆς φύσεως, οὐκ ἔχων τήν δ᾿ ἥν ἐπεισῆλθε, καί ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ δικαίως τιμωρουμένην, ὡς αἰτίαν τοῦ εἶναι παράνομον ἡδονήν.
(μ΄) Ἔδει ὡς ἀληθῶς, ἔδει, σοφόν καί δίκαιον καί δυνατόν ὄντα κατά φύσιν τόν Κύριον, ὡς μέν σοφόν, μή ἀγνοῆσαι τόν τρόπον τῆς ἰατρείας· ὡς δίκαιον δέ, μή τυραννικήν ποιήσασθαι τοῦ κατειλημμένου κατά γνώμην ὑπό τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀνθρώπου τήν σωτηρίαν· ὡς δέ πάντα δυνάμενος, μή ἀτονῆσαι πρός τήν τῆς ἰατρείας ἐκπλήρωσιν.
(μα΄) Τό μέν σοφόν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι φύσει κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν ἄνθρωπον δείκνυται· τό δέ δίκαιον, ἐν τῷ τό παθητόν κατά τήν γένεσιν ὁμοίως ἡμῖν ἀνειληφέναι τῆς φύσεως· τό δέ δυνατόν, ἐν τῷ διά παθημάτων καί θανάτου, ζωήν ἀΐδιον τῇ φύσει δημιουργῆσαι καί ἀπάθειαν ἄτρεπτον. (μβ΄) Τό μέν τῆς σοφίας λόγον, ἐν τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ἰατρείας, φανερόν ὁ Κύριος ἐποίησε, χωρίς τροπῆς καί τῆς οἱασοῦν ἀλλοιώσεως, γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος· τήν ἰσότητα δέ τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ἐν τῷ μεγέθει τῆς συγκαταβάσεως ἔδειξε, τό ἐν τῷ παθητῷ κατάκριμα τῆς φύσεως, κατά θέλησιν ὑποδύς, κἀκεῖνο ποιήσας ὅπλον πρός τήν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀναίρεσιν και τοῦ δι᾿ αὐτήν θανάτου, τουτέστι τῆς ἡδονῆς καί τῆς δι᾿ αὐτήν ὀδύνης, ἐν ᾧ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὑπῆρχε καί τοῦ θανάτου τό κράτος, καί ἡ κατά τήν ἡδονήν τῆς ἁμαρτίας τυραννίς, καί ἡ δι᾿ αὐτήν κατά τήν ὀδύνην τοῦ θανάτου δυναστεία. Ἐν γάρ τῷ παθητῷ προδήλως ὑπάρχει τῆς φύσεως, τό τῆς ἡδονῆς κράτος καί τό τῆς ὀδύνης.
and might make disappear the just end of nature that comes through death, since it did not have that which it had entered, and which was justly punished by it, as the cause of unlawful pleasure.
(40) It was truly necessary, necessary, for the Lord, who is wise and just and powerful by nature—as wise, not to be ignorant of the manner of healing; as just, not to bring about the salvation of the man who had been seized in his will by sin in a tyrannical way; and as one able to do all things, not to grow weak in the fulfillment of the healing.
(41) The wisdom of God is shown in his becoming man by nature in truth; the justice, in his having taken up the passible element of nature at his birth just as we have; the power, in his creating, through sufferings and death, eternal life and unchangeable impassibility for nature. (42) The Lord made the principle of wisdom evident in the manner of the healing, becoming man without turning and without any alteration whatsoever; and he showed the equality of justice in the greatness of his condescension, by submitting willingly to the condemnation of nature that lies in the passible element, and making that very thing a weapon for the destruction of sin and of the death that comes through it—that is, of pleasure and of the pain that comes through it—in which lay the power of sin and of death, and the tyranny of sin in the matter of pleasure, and the dominion of death in the matter of the pain that comes through it. For in the passible element of nature there plainly exist the power of pleasure and that of pain.
Καί γάρ πως τῆς ὀδύνης πλέον τό κατά φύσιν ἐπιτεινόμενον πρόστιμον, διά τῆς ἡδονῆς αὐτήν παραμυθεῖσθαι σπουδάζομεν· θέλοντες γάρ ἐκφυγεῖν τήν κατά τήν ὀδύνην ἐπίπονον αἴσθησιν, πρός τήν ἡδονήν καταφεύγομεν, τῷ τῆς ὀδύνης αἰκισμῷ πιεζομένην τήν φύσιν, ἐπιχειροῦντες παραμυθεῖσθαι. Σπεύδοντες δέ διά τῆς ἡδονῆς τά τῆς ὀδύνης ἀμβλῦναι κινήματα, πλέον αὐτῆς τό καθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἐπικυροῦμεν χειρόγραφον, ὀδύνης καί πόνων ἔχειν τήν ἡδονήν ἀπολελυμένην οὐ δυνάμενοι.
(μγ΄) Τήν δέ τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δυνάμεως ἰσχύν δῆλον κατέστησε, τῶν οἷς αὐτός ἔπασχεν ἐναντίων, ὑποστήσας τῇ φύσει τήν γένεσιν ἄτρεπτον· διά πάθους γάρ τήν ἀπάθειαν, καί διά πόνων τήν ἄνεσιν, καί διά θανάτου τήν ἀΐδιον ζωήν τῇ φύσει δούς, πάλιν ἀποκατέστησε· ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ καταστερήσεσι τάς ἕξεις ἀνακαινίσας τῆς φύσεως, καί διά τῆς ἰδίας σαρκώσεως, τήν ὑπέρ φύσιν χάριν δωρησάμενος τῇ φύσει, τήν θέωσιν.
(μδ΄) Γέγονεν ὁ Θεός κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν ἄνθρωπος, καί δέδωκεν ἄλλην ἀρχήν τῇ φύσει δευτέρας γενέσεως, διά πόνου πρός ἡδονήν μελλούσης ζωῆς καταλήγουσαν. Ὡς γάρ Ἀδάμ ὁ προπάτωρ τήν θείαν ἐντολήν παραβάς, ἄλλην ἀρχήν γενέσεως, ἐξ ἡδονῆς μέν συνισταμένην, εἰς δέ τόν διά πόνου θάνατον τελευτῶσαν τῇ φύσει παρά τήν πρώτην παρεισήγαγε, καί ἐπενόησε κατά τήν συμβουλήν τοῦ ὄφεως ἡδονήν οὐκ οὖσαν προλαβόντος πόνου διάδοχον, ἀλλά μᾶλλον εἰς τόν πόνον περαιουμένην, πάντας τούς ἐξ αὐτοῦ σαρκί γενομένους κατ᾿ αὐτόν, διά τήν ἐξ ἡδονῆς ἄδικον ἀρχήν, εἶχε συνυπαγομένους αὐτῷ δικαίως, πρός τό διά πόνου κατά τόν θάνατον τέλος·
For somehow, when the penalty imposed by nature is increased beyond the pain, we eagerly seek to soothe it through pleasure; for wishing to escape the painful sensation of pain, we flee to pleasure, attempting to comfort nature as it is pressed by the torment of pain. But in our eagerness to dull the motions of pain through pleasure, we ratify all the more the handwriting against ourselves, being unable to have pleasure free from pain and toils.
(43) But He made clear the strength of His surpassing power by establishing, in the nature He assumed, a genesis immune to change, from things contrary to those He Himself suffered; for through suffering He gave impassibility, and through toils release, and through death eternal life to nature, and restored it again, renewing the dispositions of nature by His own privations, and through His own incarnation bestowing on nature the grace beyond nature—deification.
(44) God truly became man, and gave to nature another beginning of a second genesis, one that through toil is to arrive at the pleasure of the life to come. For just as Adam the first father, transgressing the divine commandment, introduced into nature, contrary to the first, another beginning of genesis—one constituted from pleasure but ending in death through toil—and devised, according to the counsel of the serpent, a pleasure that was not the successor of preceding toil but rather issued in toil, and justly held all who were born of him in the flesh, after his likeness, subject with him, because of the unjust beginning from pleasure, toward the end that comes through toil in death—
οὕτω καί ὁ Κύριος γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος, καί ἄλλην ἀρχήν δευτέρας γενέσεως ἐκ Πνεύματος ἁγίου τῇ φύσει δημιουργήσας, καί τόν διά πόνου τοῦ Ἀδάμ δικαιότατον καταδεξάμενος θάνατον, ἐν αὐτῷ δηλαδή γενόμενον ἀδικώτατον, ὡς οὐκ ἔχοντα τῆς ἰδίας γενέσεως ἀρχήν τήν ἐκ παρακοῆς ἀδικωτάτην τοῦ προπάτορος ἡδονήν, ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἄκρων, ἀρχῆς τε λέγω καί τέλους τῆς κατά τόν Ἀδάμ ἀνθρωπίνης γενέσεως, οἷα δή προηγουμένως οὐκ ὄντων ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, τήν ἀναίρεσιν ἐποιήσατο, καί πάντας τούς μυστικῶς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἀναγεννωμένους, τῆς ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐνοχῆς ἐλευθέρους κατέστησε. (με΄) Τήν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἡδονήν εἰς ἀθέτησιν τῆς κατά σάρκα γεννήσεως τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ χάριτι διά Πνεύματος γεννωμένων ὁ Κύριος
ἀφελόμενος, τόν εἰς καταδίκην τό πρότερον ὄντα τῆς φύσεως, εἰς τήν τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάκρισιν αὐτοῖς συγχωρεῖ δέχεσθαι θάνατον, ἔχοντας μέν τοῦ Ἀδάμ οὐκέτι τήν ἐκ τοῦ Ἀδάμ ἡδονήν τῆς γενέσεως· μόνην δέ τήν διά τόν Ἀδάμ ὀδύνην ἐνεργοῦσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς· οὐ κατά χρέος ὑπέρ ἁμαρτίας, ἀλλά κατ᾿ οἰκονομίαν, διά τήν κατά φύσιν περίστασιν, κατά τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τόν θάνατον· ὅς ὁπόταν μή ἔχει γεννῶσαν αὐτόν μητέρα τήν, ἧς γίνεσθαι πέφυκε τιμωρός, ἡδονήν ἀϊδίου ζωῆς προδήλως καθίσταται πατήρ. Ὡς γάρ τοῦ Ἀδάμ ἡ καθ᾿ ἡδονήν ζωή, θανάτου καί φθορᾶς γέγονε μήτηρ, οὕτω καί ὁ διά τόν Ἀδάμ τοῦ Κυρίου θάνατος ὑπάρχων τῆς ἐκ τοῦ Ἀδάμ ἐλεύθερος ἡδονῆς, ἀϊδίου γεννήτωρ γίνεται ζωῆς. (μστ΄) Ἀρχήν ἔσχε μετά τήν παράβασιν ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις τῆς ἰδίας γενέσεως τήν καθ᾿ ἡδονήν ἐκ σπορᾶς σύλληψιν, καί τήν κατά ῥεῦσιν γένεσιν·
Thus also the Lord, having become man and having created in his nature another beginning of a second birth from the Holy Spirit, and having accepted the most just death of Adam that came through pain—that death which in him became, that is, most unjust, since it did not have as the beginning of its own generation the most unjust pleasure of the forefather that came from disobedience—he brought about the abolition of both extremes, I mean the beginning and the end of human generation according to Adam, inasmuch as these were not primarily from God, and he set free from the liability upon it all those who are mystically reborn from him. (45) The Lord, having taken away the pleasure that comes from the law of sin, which pleasure leads to the rejection of the fleshly generation of those who are born in him by grace through the Spirit, grants them to accept death, which formerly was for condemnation of nature, as now a condemnation of sin—since they no longer have the pleasure of generation that comes from Adam, but only the pain that comes through Adam working in them; not as a debt on account of sin, but by economy, because of the natural circumstance, death is directed against sin. And this death, whenever it does not have as its mother that pleasure which gives it birth—the pleasure whose avenger it is naturally meant to be—is plainly established as the father of eternal life. For just as Adam's life according to pleasure became the mother of death and corruption, so also the Lord's death, which exists on account of Adam and is free from the pleasure that comes from Adam, becomes the begetter of eternal life. (46) After the transgression, the nature of men had as the beginning of its own generation the conception according to pleasure from seed, and generation by flux.
καί τέλος, τήν κατ᾿ ὀδύνην διά φθορᾶς θάνατον· ὁ δέ Κύριος ταύτην οὐκ ἔχων ἀρχήν τῆς κατά σάρκα γεννήσεως, οὔτε τῷ τέλει, τουτέστι τῷ θανάτῳ, ὑπῆρχεν ἁλωτός. (μζ΄) Τόν Ἀδάμ ἡ ἁμαρτία καταρχάς δελεάσασα, πρός παράβασιν τῆς θείας παρέπεισεν ἐλθεῖν ἐντολῆς· καθ᾿ ἥν τήν ἡδονήν ὑποστήσασα, καί ἑαυτήν διά τῆς ἡδονῆς ἐν αὐτῷ καθηλώσασα τῷ πυθμένι τῆς φύσεως, τόν θάνατον τῆς ὅλης κατέκρινε φύσεως, ὠθοῦσα πρός ἀπογένεσιν κατά τόν θάνατον διά τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τήν φύσιν τῶν γεγονότων. Τοῦτο γάρ καί μεμηχάνητο τῷ σπορεῖ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, καί πατρί τῆς κακίας πονηρῷ διαβόλῳ, τῷ ἑαυτόν μέν ἐξ ὑπερηφανίας τῆς θείας ἐξοικίσαντι δόξης, διά φθόνον δέ τόν τε πρός ἡμᾶς καί τόν Θεόν, τοῦ παραδείσου τόν Ἀδάμ ἐξοικίσαντι, ἀφανίσαι τά ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καί διαλῦσαι τά σενεστῶτα πρός γένεσιν.
(μη΄) Φθονῶν τῷ Θεῷ καί ἡμῖν ὁ διάβολος, δόλῳ τόν ἄνθρωπον ὑπό Θεοῦ φθονεῖσθαι παραπείσας, παραβῆναι τήν ἐντολήν παρεσκεύασε. Τῷ Θεῷ μέν, ἵνα φανερά μή γένηται κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν ἡ πανύμνητος αὐτοῦ δύναμις θεουργοῦσα τόν ἄνθρωπον· τῷ δ᾿ ἀνθρώπῳ προδήλως, ἵνα μή γένηται τῆς θείας ἐν εἴδει κατ᾿ ἀρετήν μέτοχος δόξης. Φθονεῖ γάρ ὁ μιαρώτατος οὐ μόνον ἡμῖν τῆς ἐπί τῷ Θεῷ διά τήν ἀρετήν δόξης, ἀλλά καί τῷ Θεῷ τῆς ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν διά τήν σωτηρίαν πανυμνήτου δυνάμεως.
and finally, the death through corruption that comes with pain; but the Lord, not having this beginning of generation according to the flesh, was not subject to capture by the end, that is, by death. (47) Sin, having first ensnared Adam with bait, persuaded him to come to transgression of the divine commandment; by which, having brought pleasure to bear and having nailed itself through pleasure in him at the very base of nature, it condemned the whole of nature to death, driving the nature of created things toward destruction through man in accordance with death. For this was what the sower of sin and evil father of wickedness, the devil, had contrived—he who had exiled himself from the divine glory through pride, and through envy, both toward us and toward God, had exiled Adam from paradise—to destroy the works of God and to dissolve the things that had been established for generation.
(48) The devil, envying both God and us, by deceit persuaded man that he was envied by God, and so prepared him to transgress the commandment. He did this against God, so that His all-praised power might not become manifest in action by deifying man; and plainly against man, so that he might not become a partaker of the divine glory in the form of virtue. For the most foul one envies not only us for the glory that comes from God on account of virtue, but also God for the all-praised power that is upon us on account of salvation.
(μθ΄) Ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ Ἀδάμ ὁ θάνατος τῆς φύσεως ὑπῆρχε κατάκρισις, ἀρχήν ἐχούσης τήν ἡδονήν τῆς ἰδίας γενέσεως· οὕτως ὁ θάνατος ἐν Χριστῷ, τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατάκρισις γέγονεν, ἡδονῆς καθαράν ἐν Χριστῷ πάλιν τῆς φύσεως ἀπολαβούσης τήν γένεσιν.
(ν΄) Εἰ ἡμεῖς οἱ οἶκος τοῦ Θεοῦ χάριτι γενέσθαι ἀξιωθέντες διά Πνεύματος, τοσαύτην ὑπέρ δικαιοσύνης εἰς κατάκρισιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὑπομονήν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι παθημάτων ὀφείλομεν, καί ὡς κακοῦργοι τόν ἐφύβριστον, ἀγαθοί τυγχάνοντες, προθύμως ἀποφέρεσθαι θάνατον, τί τό τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ Εὐαγγελίῳ; τουτέστι ποῖον ἔσται τό τέλος, ἤγουν ἡ κρίσις, τῶν μή μόνον ζῶσάν τε καί ἐνεργουμένην, κατά τε ψυχήν καί σῶμα, γνώμῃ τε καί φύσει τήν καθ᾿ ἡδονήν τοῦ Ἀδάμ κρατήσασαν τῆς φύσεως γένεσιν μέχρι τέλους διά σπουδῆς ἐσχηκότων, ἀλλά μήτε προσδεξαμένων παρακαλοῦντα τόν Θεόν καί Πατέρα δι᾿ Υἱοῦ σαρκωθέντος· μή τε μήν αὐτόν τόν ὑπέρ τοῦ Πατρός πρεσβεύοντα μεσίτην καί Υἱόν, καί ὑπέρ τῆς ἡμῶν εἰς τόν Πατέρα καταλλαγῆς, ἑαυτόν βουλήσει τοῦ Πατρός, εἰς τόν ὑπέρ ἡμῶν θάνατον κατά θέλησιν προϊέμενον, ὅπως δι᾿ ἑαυτόν ἡμᾶς τοσοῦτον δοξάσῃ, τῷ κάλλει καταφαιδρύνας τῆς οἰκείας θεότητος, ὅσον δι᾿ ἡμᾶς αὐτός κατεδέξατο τοῖς ἡμῶν ἀτιμασθῆναι παθήμασιν. (να΄) Ἐπειδή πάντων τῶν σωζομένων ὁ Θεός, ἔσται τόπος ἀπερίγραφός τε καί ἀδιάστατος καί ἄπειρος, πᾶσι πάντα γινόμενος κατά τήν
(49) Just as in Adam death was the condemnation of nature, nature having as the beginning of its own generation pleasure, so in Christ death has become the condemnation of sin, nature in Christ having received back again its generation pure of pleasure.
(50) If we, who have been deemed worthy by grace to become the house of God through the Spirit, ought to display so great an endurance of sufferings for the sake of righteousness, unto the condemnation of sin, and, being good, to bear away eagerly the death that is heaped with insults, as evildoers do—what is the end of those who disobey the Gospel of God? That is, what will be the end, or rather the judgment, of those who have not only kept alive and active, in soul and body, by will and by nature, the generation of nature that in Adam prevailed through pleasure, right to the end with zeal, but who also did not receive God the Father when He exhorted through the incarnate Son; nor yet the Mediator and Son Himself, who intercedes on behalf of the Father and on behalf of our reconciliation to the Father, delivering Himself up by the will of the Father to death on our behalf according to His own will, so that through Himself He might glorify us as much as He Himself, for our sake, deigned to be dishonored by our sufferings. (51) Since God will be for all who are saved a place uncircumscribed and without interval and infinite, becoming all things to all according to the
ἀναλογίαν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, μᾶλλον δέ κατά τό μέτρον τῶν μετά γνώσεως ὑπέρ δικαιοσύνης ἐνταῦθα παθημάτων, ἑαυτόν ἑκάστῳ δωρούμενος, καθάπερ ψυχή σώματος μέλεσι κατά τήν ὑποκειμένην ἑκάστῳ μέλει δύναμιν, ἑαυτήν ἐνεργοῦσαν ἐκφαίνουσα, καί πρός τό εἶναι δι᾿ ἑαυτῆς τά μέλη συνέχουσα πρός ζωήν συγκρατούμενα· ὁ ἀσεβής καί ἁμαρτωλός ποῦ φανεῖται, ταύτης ἐστερημένος τῆς χάριτος; Ὁ γάρ μή δυνάμενος ἐνεργουμένην τήν κατά τό εὖ εἶναι τοῦ Θεοῦ δέξασθαι παρουσίαν, ποῦ φανεῖται, τῆς θείας ζωῆς τῆς ὑπέρ αἰῶνα καί χρόνον καί τόπον ὑπομείνας τήν ἔκπτωσιν;
(νβ΄) Ὁ τόν Θεόν οὐκ ἔχων πρός τό εὖ εἶναι συνέχοντα τήν ζωήν, τόν μέλλοντα πᾶσι γίνεσθαι τόπον τοῖς ἀξίοις, πῶς ἔσται, τόπον αὐτόν οὐκ ἔχων τόν Θεόν κατά τήν τῶν εὖ εἶναι ἐν Θεῷ μονήν τε καί ἵδρυσιν; Καί εἰ μετά πολλῆς δυσχερείας ὁ δίκαιος σώζεται, τί ἔσται, ἤ τί πείσεται ὁ μηδένα λόγον εὐσεβείας καί ἀρετῆς κατά τήν παροῦσαν ζωήν ποιησάμενος; (νγ΄) Ὁ μέν Θεός κατά μίαν ἀπειροδύναμον τῆς ἀγαθότητος βούλησιν, πάντας συνέξει καί ἀγγέλους καί ἀνθρώπους, ἀγαθούς τε καί πονηρούς· οὗτοι δέ πάντες, οὐκ ἴσως μεθέξουσι Θεοῦ, τοῦ διά πάντων ἀσχέτως χωρήσαντος, ἀλλ᾿ ἀναλόγως ἑαυτοῖς.
according to the analogy of righteousness, or rather according to the measure of the sufferings endured here with knowledge on behalf of righteousness, giving himself to each one, just as the soul reveals itself as active in the members of the body according to the power underlying each member, and through itself holds the members together for existence, kept together for life—where will the impious and sinful man appear, deprived of this grace? For he who is unable to receive the presence of God actively operative according to the good of his being—where will he appear, having undergone the fall from the divine life that is beyond age and time and place?
(52) He who does not have God holding his life together for well-being—God who will become all things to all who are worthy—how will he be, not having God as his place according to the abiding and establishment of well-being in God? And if the righteous man is saved with great difficulty, what will become of, or what will befall, the man who has made no account of piety and virtue in the present life? (53) God, by one infinitely powerful will of his goodness, will hold together all things, both angels and men, both good and evil; but all these will not partake of God equally—God who has passed through all things without being contained—but proportionally to themselves.
(νδ΄) Οἱ μέν τῇ φύσει φυλάξαντες διά πάντων ἰσονομοῦσαν τήν γνώμην, καί τῶν τῆς φύσεως λόγων κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν δεκτικήν αὐτήν καταστήσαντες καθ᾿ ὅλον τόν τοῦ εὖ εἶναι λόγον, διά τήν πρός τήν θείαν βούλησιν τῆς γνώμης εὐπάθειαν, ὅλης μεθέξουσι τῆς ἀγαθότητος, κατά τήν αὐτοῖς ἐπιλάμπουσαν ὡς ἐν ἀγγέλοις ἤ ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις θείαν ζωήν. Οἱ δέ τῇ φύσει ποιήσαντες ἀνισονομοῦσαν διά πάντων τήν γνώμην, καί τῶν τῆς φύσεως λόγων κατά τήν ἐνέργειαν σκεδαστικήν αὐτήν ἀποδείξαντες καθ᾿ ὅλον τόν τοῦ εὖ εἶναι λόγον, διά τήν πρός τήν θείαν βούλησιν τῆς γνώμης ἀντιπάθειαν, ὅλης ἐκπεσοῦνται τῆς ἀγαθότητος, κατά τήν ἐμφαινομένην αὐτοῖς πρός τό φεῦ εἶναι τῆς γνώμης οἰκείωσιν· καθ᾿ ἥν ἡ πρός τόν Θεόν ἔσται τῶν τοιούτων διάστασις, οὐκ ἐχόντων κατά τήν πρόθεσιν τῆς γνώμης, ταῖς ἐνεργείαις τῶν ἀγαθῶν, τόν τοῦ εὖ εἶναι λόγον ζωογονούμενον, καθ᾿ ὅν ἡ θεία ζωή διαφαίνεσθαι πέφυκε. (νε΄) Ζυγός τῆς ἑκάστου γνώμης ἔσται κατά τήν κρίσιν, ὁ τῆς φύσεως λόγος, τήν πρός τό φεῦ, ἤ εὖ αὐτῆς διελέγχων κίνησιν, καθ᾿ ἥν ἡ τῆς θείας ζωῆς μέθεξις ἤ ἀμαθεξία γίνεσθαι πέφυκε. Κατά γάρ τό εἶναι καί ἀεί εἶναι, πάντας συνέξει παρών ὁ Θεός· κατά δέ τό ἀεί εὖ εἶναι, μόνους ἰδιοτρόπως τούς ἁγίους, ἀγγέλους τε καί ἀνθρώπους, τό ἀεί φεῦ εἶναι, τοῖς μή τοιούτοις ὡς γνώμης καρπόν ἀφείς ἐπικιρνώμενον.
(54) Those who by nature have kept the judgment equally balanced in all things, and have made it receptive in activity to the principles of nature, in the whole principle of well-being, because of the good disposition of their judgment toward the divine will, will partake of the whole of goodness, according to the divine life that shines upon them as among angels or as among humans. But those who by nature have made their judgment unequally balanced in all things, and have shown it to be dispersive in activity with respect to the principles of nature, in the whole principle of well-being, because of the antipathy of their judgment toward the divine will, will fall away from the whole of goodness, according to the affinity of their judgment that appears in them toward ill-being; according to which will be the separation of such persons from God, since they do not have, in the purpose of their judgment, the principle of well-being brought to life in the activities of good things, according to which the divine life is naturally made manifest. (55) The balance scale of each person's judgment in the judgment will be the principle of nature, proving its motion toward ill-being or well-being, according to which the participation or non-participation in the divine life naturally comes about. For according to being and always being, God, being present, will hold all together; but according to always being well, only the saints, angels and humans, in a manner proper to them; while the always being ill he leaves to those who are not such, as the fruit of their judgment, mingled in.
(νστ΄) Οὐ συνεπάγεται τῇ κατά φύσιν τῶν ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκεν ἑτερότητι, καί τήν καθ᾿ ὑπόστασιν διαφοράν τό μυστήριον τῆς θείας σαρκώσεως· τό μέν, ἵνα μή προσθήκην λάβῃ τό τῆς Τριάδος μυστήριον· τό δέ, ἵνα μηδέν ᾗ τῇ θεότητι κατά φύσιν ὁμογενές καί ὁμοούσιον. Δύο γάρ φύσεων πρός ὑπόστασιν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ πρός φύσιν μίαν γέγονε σύνοδος· ἵνα καί τό καθ᾿ ὑπόστασιν ἕν ἐκ τῶν ἀλλήλαις συνδραμουσῶν φύσεων δειχθῇ κατά τήν ἕνωσιν ἀποτελούμενον, καί τό διάφορον τῶν συνελθόντων πρός τήν ἀδιάσπαστον ἕνωσιν κατά τήν φυσικήν ἰδιότητα πιστευθῇ, πάσης ἐκτός μένον τροπῆς καί συγχύσεως.
(νζ΄) Οὐ λέγομεν ἐπί Χριστοῦ διαφοράν ὑποστάσεων, ὅτι Τριάς μεμένηκεν ἡ Τριάς, καί σαρκωθέντος τοῦ Λόγου, προσθήκης προσώπου οὐ προσγενομένης τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τριάδι διά τήν σάρκωσιν· λέγομεν δέ φύσεων διαφοράν, ἵνα μή τῷ Λόγῳ κατά τήν φύσιν ὁμοούσιον τήν σάρκα πρεσβεύωμεν.
(νη΄) Ὁ μή λέγων φύσεως διαφοράν, οὐκ ἔχει πόθεν πιστώσασθαι τήν ὅτι γέγονε σάρξ ὁ Λόγος δίχα τροπῆς ὁμολογίαν· μή γινώσκων σωζόμενον κατά τήν φύσιν ἐν τῇ μιᾷ τοῦ ἑνός Χριστοῦ καί Θεοῦ Σωτῆρος ὑποστάσει μετά τήν ἕνωσιν, τό προλαβόν καί τό προσειλημμένον. (νθ΄) Εἰ σαρκός ἐν Χριστῷ καί θεότητος μετά τήν ἕνωσιν ὑπάρχει διαφορά κατά φύσιν· οὐ γάρ ταὐτόν κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ποτέ θεότης καί σάρξ· πρός φύσεως μιᾶς γένεσιν, ἡ τῶν συνελθόντων οὐδαμῶς γέγονεν ἕνωσις, ἀλλά πρός μίαν ὑπόστασιν, καθ᾿ ἥν οὐδεμίαν ἐν Χριστῷ καθ᾿ οἱονδήποτε τρόπον εὑρίσκομεν διαφοράν. Ταὐτόν γάρ τῇ οἰκείᾳ σαρκί κατά τήν ὑπόστασιν ὁ Λόγος.
(56) The mystery of the divine incarnation does not bring with it the natural otherness of the elements of which it is composed, nor the difference according to hypostasis: the former, so that the mystery of the Trinity should not receive any addition; the latter, so that nothing should be naturally of the same kind and consubstantial with the Godhead. For the union of two natures came about with respect to a hypostasis, but not with respect to one nature; so that both the one according to hypostasis might be shown to be accomplished from the natures that ran together with each other in the union, and the difference of the things that came together might be believed, with respect to their natural property, unto the indivisible union, remaining outside all change and confusion.
(57) We do not speak of a difference of hypostases in Christ, because the Trinity has remained the Trinity, and when the Word was incarnate, no addition of a person was made to the Holy Trinity because of the incarnation; but we speak of a difference of natures, so that we may not hold the flesh to be consubstantial with the Word according to nature.
(58) He who does not speak of a difference of nature has no means of confirming the confession that the Word became flesh without change; not knowing that what was taken beforehand and what was taken up afterwards is preserved according to nature in the one hypostasis of the one Christ and God the Savior after the union. (59) If in Christ there is a difference of flesh and Godhead according to nature after the union—for Godhead and flesh are never the same in essence—then the union of the things that came together has in no way come about unto the generation of one nature, but unto one hypostasis, according to which we find no difference in Christ in any way whatever. For the Word is the same as his own flesh according to hypostasis.
Καθ᾿ ὅ γάρ ἄν ὁ Χριστός ἔχῃ διαφοράν, ἕν εἶναι κατά πάντα τρόπον οὐ δύναται· καθ᾿ ὅ δέ τήν οἱανοῦν παντελῶς οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται διαφοράν, κατά πάντα τρόπον τό ἕν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ διαπαντός εὐσεβῶς ἔχει καί ὄν καί λεγόμενον. (ξ΄) Ἡ πίστις διά τῆς ἐλπίδος τήν εἰς Θεόν ἀγάπην τελείαν συνίστησιν· ἡ ἀγαθή συνείδησις, τήν εἰς τόν πλησίον διά τῆς φυλακῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν ἀγάπην ὑφίστησιν. Ἡ γάρ ἀγαθή συνείδησις παραβαθεῖσαν ἐντολήν οὐκ ἔχει κατήγορον. Ταύτας δέ μόνη καρδία πιστεύεσθαι πέφυκε, τῶν ἐφιεμένων τῆς ἀληθοῦς σωτηρίας. (ξα΄) Οὐδέν τοῦ πιστεύειν ταχύτερον, καί τοῦ διά στόματος ὁμολογεῖν τοῦ πιστευθέντος τήν χάριν ἐστίν εὐκολώτερον· τό μέν γάρ, δηλοῖ τήν ἔμψυχον πρός τόν πεποιηκότα τοῦ πεπιστευκότος ἀγάπην· τό δέ, τήν θεοφιλῆ πρός τόν πλησίον διάθεσιν. Ἀγάπη δέ καί γνησία διάθεσις, ἤγουν πίστις καί ἀγαθή συνείδησις, ἔργον προδήλως τοῦ κατά καρδίαν ἀφανοῦς ὑπάρχει κινήματος, τῆς ἐκτός ὕλης πρός γένεσιν παντελῶς οὐ δεόμενον.
Insofar as Christ has any difference, he cannot be one in every way; but insofar as he admits no difference whatsoever, the one is in every way and always piously predicated of him, both in being and in being spoken of. (60) Faith, through hope, establishes perfect love toward God; a good conscience brings about love toward neighbor through the keeping of the commandments. For a good conscience has no accusing commandment that has been transgressed. These things are naturally believed by the heart alone, of those who strive for true salvation. (61) Nothing is quicker than believing, and nothing is easier than confessing with the mouth the grace of what has been believed; for the one shows the believing soul's love toward its Maker, the other the God-loving disposition toward neighbor. But love and a genuine disposition—that is, faith and a good conscience—are plainly the work of the hidden movement of the heart, having no need at all of external matter for its generation.
(ξβ΄) Ὁ τήν παντελῆ περί τό καλόν ἀκινησίαν νοσῶν, περί τό κακόν ὑπάρχει πάντως εὐκίνητος. Κατ᾿ ἄμφω γάρ ἀκίνητον ὑπάρχειν, ἀδύνατον. Ὅθεν καί λίθους καλεῖν οἶδεν ἡ Γραφή, τήν περί τά καλά τῆς ψυχῆς ῥαθυμίαν, ὡς ἀρετῶν ἀναισθητούσης· ξύλα δέ, τήν περί τά κακά προθυμίαν. Ἡ δέ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν κίνησις συναπτομένη τῇ κατά νοῦν ἐνεργείᾳ, ποιεῖ τήν μετά γνώσεως ἀρετήν.
(ξγ΄) Μεσότοιχον ἡ Γραφή, τόν κατά φύσιν, ὡς οἶμαι, νόμον τοῦ σώματος κέκληκε· φραγμόν δέ, τήν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τῆς σαρκός πρός τά πάθη σχέσιν, ἤγουν τήν ἁμαρτίαν. Μόνη γάρ ἡ πρός τά πάθη τῆς ἀτιμίας σχέσις, τοῦ νόμου τῆς φύσεως, τουτέστι, τοῦ παθητοῦ τῆς φύσεως μέρους, φραγμός γίνεται, τῆς ψυχῆς τό σῶμα διατειχίζων, καί τοῦ λόγου τῶν ἀρετῶν τήν πρός σάρκα διά μέσης ψυχῆς κατά τήν πρᾶξιν, μή συγχωρῶν γενέσθαι διάβασιν· ὁ δέ Λόγος παραγενόμενος, καί τόν τῆς φύσεως νόμον, ἤγουν τό τῆς φύσεως παθητόν καταπαλαίσας, τήν ἐν αὐτῷ τῶν παρά φύσιν παθῶν σχέσιν κατήργησεν.
(62) One who is sick with complete immobility toward the good is altogether easily moved toward evil. For it is impossible to be immobile in both respects. Hence Scripture also knows how to call "stones" the soul's slackness toward good things, as being insensible to virtues; and "wood," its eagerness toward evil things. But the movement according to sense, joined with the activity according to mind, produces virtue accompanied by knowledge.
(63) Scripture has called the law of nature, as I think, a "middle wall," and a "fence," the disposition in the law of the flesh toward the passions, that is, sin. For only the disposition toward the passions of dishonor becomes a fence to the law of nature—that is, to the passible part of nature—walling off the body from the soul and not permitting the passage of the principle of the virtues to the flesh, through the soul, in accordance with action. But the Word, having come and having wrestled down the law of nature—that is, the passibility of nature—abolished the disposition of the passions contrary to nature within it.
(ξδ΄) Ἡνίκα μέν δι᾿ ἀπάτης δόλῳ συλῶν τήν περί Θεόν ἔμφυτον γνῶσιν τῆς φύσεως, ταύτην ὁ πονηρός εἰς ἑαυτόν σφετερίζεται, κλέπτης ἐστί, πρός ἑαυτόν ἀπό τοῦ Θεοῦ τό σέβας μεταφέρειν πειρώμενος· ἀπάγων δηλονότι τῶν ἐν τοῖς γεγονόσι πνευματικῶν λόγων, τήν κατά νοῦν τῆς ψυχῆς θεωρίαν, καί μόνῃ περιγράφων τήν νοεράν δύναμιν, τῇ κατά τήν ἐπιφάνειαν προσόψει τῶν αἰσθητῶν. Ὁπηνίκα δέ διά τῶν φυσικῶν ἀπαρχόμενος κινημάτων, πρός τά παρά φύσιν σοφιστικῶς κατασύρῃ τήν πρακτικήν δύναμιν, καί διά τῶν νομιζομένων καλῶν ταῖς χείροσι πιθανῶς προσηλώσῃ ταύτης τήν ἔφεσιν, ἐπί τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου ὀμνύει ψευδῶς, πρός ἄλλα παρ᾿ ὑπόσχεσιν ἄγων τήν πειθομένην ψυχήν. Καί ἔστι κλέπτης μέν, ὡς πρός ἑαυτόν συλῶν τήν γνῶσιν τῆς φύσεως· ἐπίορκος δέ, ὡς τό πρακτικόν τῆς ψυχῆς μάτην διαπονεῖσθαι πείθων τοῖς παρά φύσιν.
(ξε΄) Ἤ πάλιν, κλέπτης ἐστίν, ὁ πρός ἀπάτην τῶν ἀκουόντων τούς θείους δῆθεν ἀσκούμενος λόγους, ὧν οὐκ ἐπέγνω διά τῶν ἔργων τήν δύναμιν, τήν ψιλήν προφοράν δόξης ἐμπορίαν ποιούμενος, καί τῷ διά γλώσσης λόγῳ τόν τοῦ δίκαιος νομίζεσθαι παρά τῶν ἀκροωμένων θηρώμενος ἔπαινον. Καί ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, ὁ τῷ λόγῳ τόν βίον ἀνάρμοστον, καί τῇ γνώμει τήν διάθεσιν τῆς ψυχῆς ἔχων ἀντικειμένην, κλέπτης ἐστίν, ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἀγαθῶν οὐ καλῶς διαφαινόμενος. Πρός ὅν ὁ λόγος εἰκότως ἐρεῖ, Τῷ δέ ἁμαρτωλῷ εἶπεν ὁ Θεός, Ἵνα τί σύ ἐκδιηγῇ τά δικαιώματά μου, καί ἀναλαμβάνεις τήν διαθήκην μου διά στόματός σου;
(64) When the evil one, by deceit and guile, plunders the natural knowledge of God that belongs to nature, he appropriates it to himself; he is a thief, attempting to transfer the reverence due to God to himself. He leads away, clearly, from the spiritual principles (logoi) within created things the soul's contemplation according to the intellect, and confines the intellectual power to the outward appearance of sensible things alone. But whenever, beginning from natural impulses, he sophistically drags the practical power down toward things contrary to nature, and through things reputed good persuasively fastens its desire upon worse things, he swears falsely in the name of the Lord, leading the obedient soul toward things other than what was promised. And he is a thief, in that he plunders for himself the knowledge of nature; and a perjurer, in that he persuades the practical faculty of the soul to labor in vain for things contrary to nature.
(65) Or again, he is a thief who, for the deception of his hearers, practices the supposedly divine words, whose power he has not come to know through works, making a trade of glory out of mere utterance, and hunting by means of the word of the tongue the praise of being considered righteous by those who listen. And to speak simply, the one whose life is discordant with his word, and whose disposition of soul is opposed to his judgment, is a thief, appearing improperly in the good things of others. To him the word will reasonably say, But to the sinner God said, Why do you recount my statutes, and take up my covenant with your mouth?
(ξστ΄) Κλέπτης ὡσαύτως ἐστί, καί ὁ τοῖς φαινομένοις τρόποις καί ἤθεσι, τήν μή φαινομένην συγκαλύπτων τῆς ψυχῆς κακουργίαν, ἐπιεικείας πλάσματι τήν ἔνδον ἐπικαλύπτων διάθεσιν· καί κλέπτων, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος τῇ προφορᾷ τῶν λόγων τῆς γνώσεως, τήν τῶν ἀκουόντων διάνοιαν· οὕτω δή καί αὐτός τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς τῶν ἠθῶν ὑποκρίσεως, τῶν θεομένων τήν αἴσθησιν, πρός ὅν ὁμοίως εἰρήσεται, Αἰσχύνθητε, οἱ ἐνδεδυμένοι ἱμάτια ἀλλότρια· καί τό, Ἀποκαλύψει Κύριος τό σχῆμα αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ καθ᾿ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ. Καθ᾿ ἑκάστην γάρ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ τῆς καρδίας ἐργαστηρίῳ, ταῦτά μοι λέγοντος ἀκούειν δοκῶ τοῦ Θεοῦ τήν ἡμέραν, ὡς ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοῖν διαῤῥήδην κατεγνωσμένος.
(ξζ΄) Ἐπίορκός ἐστιν, ἤγουν ὀμνύων ἐπί τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου ψευδῶς, ὁ ἐπαγγελλόμενος τῷ Θεῷ τόν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν βίον, καί ἀλλότρια παρά τήν ὑπόσχεσιν τῆς οἰκείας ἐπαγγελίας ἐπιτηδεύων, καί τήν συνθήκην τῆς ὁμολογίας τοῦ σεμνοῦ βίου διά τῆς ἀργίας τῶν ἐντολῶν παραβαίνων. Καί συντόμως εἰπεῖν, ὁ κατά Θεόν ζῇν προελόμενος, καί μή τελείως τῷ παρόντι βίῳ νεκρούμενος, ψεύστης ἐστί καί ἐπίορκος, ὁμόσας μέν τῷ Θεῷ, τουτέστιν, ἐπαγγειλάμενος τόν ἐν τοῖς θείοις ἀγῶσιν ἄμεμπτον δρόμον, καί ( μή πληρώσας, καί διά τοῦτο μηδαμῶς ἐπαινούμενος. Ἐπαινεθήσεται γάρ πᾶς ὁ ὀμνύων ἐν αὐτῷ, τουτέστι, πᾶς ὁ τῷ Θεῷ τόν ἔνθεον ἐπαγγειλάμενος βίον, καί διά τῆς ἀληθείας τῶν ἔργων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τούς ὄρκους πληρῶν τῆς καλῆς ὑποσχέσεως.
(65) Likewise, he is also a thief who, by outward manners and habits, conceals the unseen wickedness of his soul, covering over the inner disposition with a pretense of gentleness; and he steals, just as that one did by the utterance of words of knowledge, the understanding of those who hear—so too does this one, by the manner of his hypocrisy in morals, steal the perception of those who behold him. To him likewise it shall be said, "Be ashamed, you who are clothed in garments not your own"; and, "The Lord will uncover their form in that day." For every day, in the hidden workshop of the heart, I seem to hear God saying these things to me, as one who has been plainly condemned on both counts.
(66) He is also a perjurer—that is, one who swears falsely by the name of the Lord—who promises to God a life according to virtue, yet pursues things alien to the promise of his own profession, and transgresses the covenant of his confession of a venerable life through his neglect of the commandments. And to speak briefly, he who has chosen to live according to God, yet is not wholly dead to the present life, is a liar and a perjurer—having sworn to God, that is, having promised the blameless course in the divine contests, and not having fulfilled it, and for this reason in no way praised. For everyone who swears in him shall be praised—that is, everyone who has promised to God the life that is divine, and through the truth of the works of righteousness fulfills the oaths of his good profession.
(ξη΄) Ὁ κατά μόνην τήν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις προφοράν, γνῶσιν ὑποκρινόμενος, πρός δόξαν οἰκείαν τήν τῶν ἀκουόντων κλέπτει διάνοιαν· καί ὁ τοῖς ἤθεσι τήν ἀρετήν ὑποκρινόμενος, πρός δόξαν οἰκείαν κλέπτει τῶν θεωμένων τήν ὅρασιν· καί δι᾿ ἀπάτης ἀμφότεροι κλέπτοντες, πλανῶσιν, ὁ μέν, διάνοιαν ψυχῆς τῶν ἀκουόντων, ὁ δέ, τῶν θεωμένων σώματος αἴσθησιν. (ξθ΄) Εἰ πάντως ἔπαινον ἔχει ὁ τῶν οἰκείων πληρωτής ἐπαγγελιῶν, ὡς ὀμνύων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, καί ἀληθεύων· δῆλον ὅτι ψόγον ἕξει καί ἀτιμίαν, ὁ τῶν οἰκείων συνθηκῶν παραβάτης γινόμενος, ὡς ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, καί ψευσάμενος. (ο΄) Οὐ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος εἰς τοῦτον ἐρχόμενος τόν κόσμον, ὑπό τοῦ Λόγου πάντως φωτίζεται· πολλοί γάρ ἀφώτιστοι διαμένουσι, καί τοῦ κατ᾿ ἐπίγνωσιν ἀμέτοχοι φωτός· ἀλλά δῆλον ὅτι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος κατ᾿ οἰκείαν γνώμην, εἰς τόν ἀληθῆ κόσμον ἐρχόμενος τῶν ἀρετῶν. Πᾶς γάρ ὁ κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν διά τῆς αὐθαιρέτου γεννήσεως εἰς τοῦτον ἐρχόμενος τόν κόσμον, ὑπό τοῦ Λόγου πάντως φωτίζεται, λαμβάνων ἕξιν ἀρετῆς ἀμετακίνητον, καί γνώσεως ἀληθοῦς ἐπιστήμην ἄπταιστον. (οα΄) Οὐ πάντες τε καί πάντα τά τήν αὐτήν ἐκφώνησιν ἔχοντα, καθ᾿ ἕνα καί τόν αὐτόν πάντως νοηθήσεται τρόπον· ἀλλ᾿ ἕκαστον τῶν λεγομένων πρός τήν ὑποκειμένην δηλονότι τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς δύναμιν νοητέον, εἰ μέλλοιμεν ὀρθῶς τοῦ σκοποῦ τῶν γεγραμμένων καταστοχάζεσθαι. ( (οβ΄) Οὐδέν τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων τῇ Γραφῇ προσώπων, ἤ τόπων, ἤ χρόνων, ἤ ἑτέρων πραγμάτων ἐμψύχων τε καί ἀψύχων, αἰσθητῶν τε καί
(66) He who by the mere utterance of words in speech feigns knowledge steals the mind of his hearers for his own glory; and he who by his manners feigns virtue steals the sight of those who behold him for his own glory; and both, stealing by deceit, lead astray—the one the mind of the soul of his hearers, the other the perception of the body of those who behold him. (69) If the one who fulfills his own promises has praise altogether, as swearing in God and speaking truth, it is clear that the one who becomes a transgressor of his own agreements will have blame and dishonor, as having sworn in God and lied. (70) Not every man who comes into this world is altogether enlightened by the Word; for many remain unenlightened and have no share in the light that is according to knowledge; but it is clear that every man who comes into the true world of the virtues is so according to his own disposition. For everyone who in truth comes into this world through self-chosen birth is altogether enlightened by the Word, receiving an unchangeable habit of virtue and an unerring knowledge of true understanding. (71) Nor are all things that have the same utterance to be understood in one and the same way altogether; but each of the things said must be understood according to the power that underlies it in the manner of Holy Scripture, if we are to rightly hit the mark of the purpose of what is written. (72) None of the persons, or places, or times, or other things—animate and inanimate, perceptible and
νοητῶν, κατά τόν αὐτόν ἀεί κινούμενον τρόπον, ἔχει συμβαίνουσαν ἑαυτῇ διόλου τήν ἱστορίαν ἤ τήν θεωρίαν. Διό χρή τόν ἀπταίστως τήν θείαν τῆς Γραφῆς ἐξασκούμενον εἴδησιν, ταῖς διαφοραῖς τῶν γινομένων ἤ λεγομένων, διαφόρως ἐκδέχεσθαι τῶν ἀπηριθμημένων ἕκαστον, καί τήν ἁρμόζουσαν αὐτῷ κατά τόν τόπον, ἤ τόν χρόνον δεόντως θεωρίαν προσνέμειν. (ογ΄) Διδάσκειν χρή πάντας τούς ἐν παντί τῷ κόσμῳ, λόγῳ ζῇν μόνῳ πολιτεύεσθαι, καί τοσοῦτον ἔχειν περί τῶν σωμάτων τήν μέριμναν, ὅσο διά πολλῆς φροντίδος τήν πρός αὐτά σχέσιν τῆς ψυχῆς διακόψας, καί μηδεμίαν διδόναι τό σύνολον ὕλης τῇ ψυχῇ φαντασίαν· σβεσθείσης ἤδη τῷ λόγῳ τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρχάς, τόν μέν λόγον παρωσαμένης, τήν ἀλογίαν δέ τῆς ἡδονῆς ὄφεως δίκην ἑρπυστικοῦ προσδεξαμένης, αἰσθήσεως, καθ᾿ ἧς ὡρίσθη δικαίως ὁ θάνατος, ἵνα παύσηται τῷ διαβόλῳ πρός τήν ψυχήν παρεχομένη τήν εἴσοδον. (οδ΄) Μία ὑπάρχουσα κατά τό γένος ἡ αἴσθησις, πενταπλοῦται τοῖς εἴδεσι, διά τῆς καθ᾿ ἕκαστον εἶδος ἀντιληπτικῆς ἐνεργείας, τό προσφυές αἰσθητόν, ἀντί Θεοῦ στέργειν τήν πλανωμένην ψυχήν ἀναπείθουσα. Διόπερ ὁ τῷ Λόγῳ σοφῶς ἑπόμενος, πρό τοῦ βεβιασμένου καί παρά γνώμην θανάτου, τόν θάνατον τῆς σαρκός ἑκουσίως καταψηφίζεται, τόν πρός αἴσθησιν τῆς γνώμης παντελῆ ποιούμενος χωρισμόν.
Of things intelligible, moving always in the same manner, the history or the contemplation has its fitting application entirely to itself. Therefore it is necessary that he who pursues faultlessly the divine knowledge of Scripture should receive each of the things enumerated in different ways according to the differences of things done or said, and should assign to it the contemplation that is fitting to it, according to place or time, as is proper. (73) It is necessary to teach all throughout the whole world to live by reason alone as their way of life, and to have such concern for bodies as, by much care, to cut off the soul's attachment to them, and to give no imagination of matter at all to the soul; since there has already been extinguished by reason the sensation that existed at the beginning, which pushed aside reason and received the irrationality of pleasure like a creeping serpent, and against which death was justly ordained, so that it might cease providing the devil an entrance to the soul. (74) Sensation, being one in kind, is fivefold in its forms, through the perceptive activity in each form, persuading the erring soul to love the congenial sensible object instead of God. Therefore he who wisely follows the Word, before the forced and involuntary death, voluntarily condemns the flesh to death, making a complete separation of the will from sensation.
(οε΄) Λαβοῦσα τόν νοῦν ἡ αἴσθησις ὑποχείριον, διδάσκει πολύθεον, δι᾿ ἑκάστης αἰσθήσεως τῇ περί τά πάθη δουλείᾳ ὡς θεῖον τό προσφυές αἰσθητόν θεραπεύουσα.
(οστ΄) Ὁ μόνῳ τῷ γράμματι τῆς Γραφῆς παρακαθήμενος, μόνην ἔχει τήν αἴσθησιν κρατοῦσαν τῆς φύσεως, καθ᾿ ἥν ἡ πρός τήν σάρκα τῆς ψυχῆς σχέσις μόνη διαφαίνεσθαι πέφυκε. Τό γάρ ( γράμμα μή νοούμενον πνευματικῶς, μόνην ἔχει τήν αἴσθησιν περιγράφουσαν αὐτοῦ τήν ἐκφώνησιν, καί μή συγχωροῦσαν πρός τόν νοῦν διαβῆναι τῶν γεγραμμένων τήν δύναμιν. Εἰ δέ πρός μόνην τήν αἴσθησιν ἔχει τό γράμμα τήν οἰκειότητα, πᾶς ὁ καθ᾿ ἱστορίαν μόνην Ἰουδαϊκῶς τό γράμμα δεχόμενος, κατά σάρκα ζῇ, τῆς ἁμαρτίας καθ᾿ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν διά τήν ζῶσαν αἴσθησιν γνωμικῶς ἀποθνήσκων τόν θάνατον, μή δυνάμενος πνεύματι τάς πράξεις θανατῶσαι τοῦ σώματος, ἵνα ζῇ τήν ἐν πνεύματι μακαρίαν ζωήν. Εἰ γάρ κατά σάρκα ζῆτε, μέλλετε ἀποθνήσειν, φησίν ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος· εἰ δέ πνεύματι τάς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε, ζήσεσθε. (οζ΄) Μή τοίνυν τόν θεῖον λύχνον, ἤγουν τόν φωτιστικόν τῆς γνώσεως λόγον ἀνάπτοντες διά θεωρίας καί πράξεως, ὑπό τόν μόδιον θήσωμεν, ἵνα μή κατακριθῶμεν ὡς περιγράφοντες τῷ γράμματι τήν τῆς σοφίας ἀπερίληπτον δύναμιν· ἀλλ᾿ ἐπί τήν λυχνίαν, λέγω τήν ἁγίαν Ἐκκλησίαν, ἐν τῷ ὕψει τῆς ἀληθοῦς θεωρίας, πᾶσι τό φῶς τῶν θείων δογμάτων πυρσεύουσαν.
(65) When perception has taken the intellect as its subordinate, it teaches polytheism, serving through each sense, in its slavery to the passions, the attached sensible object as if it were divine.
(66) He who sits at the mere letter of Scripture has only the perception that dominates nature, according to which the soul's relation to the flesh alone is naturally made to appear. For the letter, not understood spiritually, has only the perception that circumscribes its utterance, and does not permit one to pass over to the intellect the power of what is written. But if the letter has its affinity only with perception, then everyone who receives the letter in a Jewish manner according to history alone lives according to the flesh, dying the death by deliberate choice each day because of the living perception, unable to put to death the deeds of the body by the Spirit, so as to live the blessed life in the Spirit. For if you live according to the flesh, you are about to die, says the divine Apostle; but if by the Spirit you put to death the deeds of the body, you will live. (67) Let us not, then, having kindled the divine lamp—that is, the illuminating word of knowledge—through contemplation and practice, place it under the bushel, lest we be condemned as circumscribing by the letter the incomprehensible power of wisdom; but let us place it on the lampstand—I mean the holy Church—in the height of true contemplation, illumining for all the light of the divine doctrines.
(οη΄) Ὁ τάς προσβολάς τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν κατά τόν μακάριον Ἰώβ καί τούς γενναίους μάρτυρας ἀκατασείστῳ φέρων τῷ φρονήματι, λύχνος ἐστίν ἰσχυρός, ἀκατάσβεστον καί αὐτός φυλάττων τό φῶς τῆς σωτηρίας, ἐν τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς κατά τήν ἀνδρίαν ὑπομονῆς φυλαττόμενον, ὡς τόν Κύριον ἰσχύν ἔχων καί ὕμνησιν. Ὁ δέ γινώσκων τοῦ πονηροῦ τά μηχανήματα, καί τάς συμπλοκάς τῶν ἀφανῶν πολέμων οὐκ ἀγνοῶν, καί οὗτος τῷ φωτί τῆς γνώσεως περιλαμπόμενος, ἄλλος πέφηνε λύχνος, τῷ μεγάλῳ Ἀποστόλῳ προσηκόντως φθεγγόμενος, Οὐ γάρ αὐτοῦ τά νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν.
(οθ΄) Τήν μέν κάθαρσιν τοῖς ἀξίοις τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν καθαρότητος, διά φόβου καί εὐσεβείας καί γνώσεως ποιεῖται τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον· τόν δέ φωτισμόν τῆς τῶν ὄντων καθ᾿ οὕς ὑπάρχουσι λόγους γνώσεως, δι᾿ ἰσχύος καί βουλῆς καί συνέσεως δωρεῖται ( τοῖς ἀξίοις φωτός· τήν δέ τελειότητα, διά
τῆς παμφαοῦς καί ἁπλῆς καί ὁλοσχεροῦς σοφίας χαρίζεται τοῖς ἀξίοις θεώσεως, πρός τήν τῶν ὄντων αἰτίαν, ἀμέσως αὐτούς ἀνάγον κατά πάντα τρόπον, ὡς ἔστιν ἀνθρώπῳ δυνατόν, ἐκ μόνων τῶν θείων τῆς ἀγαθότητος ἰδιωμάτων γνωριζομένους, καθ᾿ ἥν ἐκ Θεοῦ μέν ἑαυτούς, ἐξ ἑαυτῶν δέ γινώσκοντες τόν Θεόν, οὐκ ὄντος τινός μέσου διατειχίζοντος· σοφίας γάρ μέσον οὐδέν πρός Θεόν· τήν ἀναλλοίωτον ἕξουσιν ἀτρεψίαν, τῶν μέσων αὐτοῖς ὁλικῶς πάντων διαβαθέντων, ἐν οἷς ὑπῆρχεν ὁ περί τήν γνῶσιν ποτε τοῦ σφάλλεσθαι κίνδυνος. Μέσα δέ καλεῖ, τήν τῶν νοητῶν καί τῶν αἰσθητῶν οὐσίαν, δι᾿ ὧν πρός Θεόν ὡς αἰτίαν τῶν ὄντων, ὁ ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς ἀνάγεσθαι πέφυκεν.
(68) He who bears the assaults of involuntary temptations, after the example of blessed Job and the noble martyrs, with an unshaken mind, is a strong lamp, himself keeping the unquenchable light of salvation, guarded in the manner of endurance in courage, since he has the Lord as his strength and his song. And he who knows the devices of the evil one, and is not ignorant of the entanglements of unseen wars, and is himself illumined by the light of knowledge, has appeared as another lamp, speaking as befits the great Apostle, For we are not ignorant of his designs.
(69) The Holy Spirit effects purification for those worthy of the purity of the virtues, through fear and piety and knowledge; and the illumination of the knowledge of the principles according to which existing things subsist, he grants through strength and counsel and understanding to those worthy of light; and perfection, through
the all-radiant and simple and complete wisdom, he bestows on those worthy of deification, leading them directly to the cause of existing things, in every way, as is possible for man, being known from the divine attributes of goodness alone, according to which, knowing themselves from God and knowing God from themselves, there being no middle wall standing in between—for there is no middle thing between wisdom and God—they will possess unchangeable immutability, all the intermediate things having been wholly passed through, in which there once existed the risk of erring in knowledge. He calls "intermediate things" the substance of things intelligible and things sensible, through which the human intellect is naturally led up to God as the cause of existing things.
(π΄ Τήν μέν πρακτικήν φιλοσοφίαν, φόβος, εὐσέβειά τε καί γνῶσις ἐργάζονται· τήν δέ φυσικήν ἐν πνεύματι θεωρίαν, ἰσχύς καί βουλή καί σύνεσις κατορθοῦσι· τήν δέ μυστικήν θεολογίαν, σοφία θεία μόνη χαρίζεται. (πα΄) Ὥσπερ ἐλαίου χωρίς, ἄσβεστον διατηρηθῆναι λύχνον ἀμήχανον, οὕτως ἕξεως χωρίς, προσφόροις καί λόγοις καί τρόποις καί ἤθεσι, νοήμασί τε αὖ καί λογισμοῖς τοῖς καθήκουσι τά καλά διατρεφούσης, ἄσβεστον φυλαχθῆναι τό φῶς τῶν χαρισμάτων ἀμήχανον. Πᾶν γάρ χάρισμα πνευματικόν προσφυοῦς χρῄζει τῆς ἕξεως, ἀπαύστως ἐπιχεούσης αὐτῷ καθάπερ ἔλαιον τήν ὕλην τήν νοεράν, ἵνα διαμείνῃ κατά τήν ἕξιν τοῦ δεξαμένου κρατούμενον.
(πβ΄) Ὥσπερ ἐλαίας χωρίς, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδαμῶς εὑρεῖν φύσει κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν γνήσιον ἔλαιον· ἄγγους δέ δίχα κρατεῖσθαι τοῦ δεχομένου τό ἔλαιον οὐ δυνατόν· ἐλαίῳ δέ μή τρεφόμενον σβέννυται πάντως τό λυχναῖον φῶς· οὕτω τῶν ἁγίων Γραφῶν χωρίς, οὐκ ἔστι κατά ἀλήθειαν δύναμις νοημάτων θεοπρεπής· ἕξεως δέ δίχα, καθάπερ ἄγγους νοημάτων δεκτικοῦ, οὐδαμῶς ἄν συσταίη ( νόημα θεῖον· θείοις δέ νοήμασι μή τρεφόμενον τό φῶς τῆς ἐν τοῖς χαρίσμασι γνώσεως, ἄσβεστον οὐ συντηρεῖται τοῖς ἔχουσι. (πγ΄) Τήν μέν Παλαιάν Διαθήκην, τήν ἐξ εὐωνύμων ἐλαίαν ὑπολαμβάνω σημαίνειν, ὡς τῆς πρακτικῆς μᾶλλον προνοουμένην φιλοσοφίας· τήν ἐκ δεξιῶν δέ, τήν Νέαν Διαθήκην, ὡς καινοῦ μυστηρίου διδάσκαλον, καί τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν πιστῶν θεωρητικῆς ἕξεως ποιητικήν. Ἡ μέν γάρ, ἀρετῆς τρόπους, ἡ δέ, γνώσεως λόγους παρέχεται τοῖς τά θεῖα φιλοσοφοῦσι·
(70) Practical philosophy is worked by fear, piety, and knowledge; natural contemplation in the Spirit is set right by strength, counsel, and understanding; but mystical theology is bestowed by divine wisdom alone. (71) Just as it is impossible for a lamp to be kept unquenchable without oil, so without a habit that nourishes noble things with fitting words and manners and customs, and likewise with fitting thoughts and reasonings, it is impossible for the light of the gifts to be kept unquenchable. For every spiritual gift needs a congenial habit, unceasingly pouring into it, as it were oil, the intelligible material, so that it may remain, held fast according to the habit of the one who receives it.
(72) Just as without an olive it is in no way possible to find by nature a genuine oil in truth, and it is not possible for it to be held without a vessel that receives the oil, and the lamp's light is utterly extinguished if not fed with oil, so without the holy Scriptures there is not, in truth, a God-befitting power of thoughts; and without a habit, as of a vessel receptive of thoughts, a divine thought would in no way be established; and the light of the knowledge that is in the gifts is not kept unquenchable in those who have it if it is not fed with divine thoughts. (73) I take the Old Testament to signify the olive on the left, as providing rather for practical philosophy; and the olive on the right to be the New Testament, as teacher of a new mystery and productive of the contemplative habit in each of the faithful. For the one provides the modes of virtue, the other the principles of knowledge, to those who philosophize about divine things.
καί ἡ μέν, τῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων ὁμίχλης ὑφαρπάζουσα πρός τό συγγενές ἀνάγει τόν νοῦν, πάσης καθαρόν ὑλικῆς φαντασίας γεγενημένον· ἡ δέ, τῆς ὑλικῆς προσπαθείας αὐτόν ἀποκαθαίρει, τῷ τῆς ἀνδρίας τόνῳ, καθάπερ σφύρᾳ τινί τούς πρός τό σῶμα τῆς γνώμης κατά τήν σχέσιν ἐκκρουομένη ἥλους.
(πδ΄) Ἡ μέν Παλαιά, τό σῶμα πρός ψυχήν λογισθέν ἀναβιβάζει διά μέσων τῶν ἀρετῶν, κωλύουσα τοῦ πρός σῶμα τόν νοῦν καταβιβάζεσθαι· ἡ δέ Νέα, τόν νοῦν πρός τόν Θεόν ἀναβιβάζει, τῷ πυρί τῆς ἀγάπης πτερούμενον. Καί ἡ μέν, ταὐτόν ἐργάζεται τῷ νοΐ τό σῶμα κατά τήν θέσιν κίνησιν· ἡ δέ, ταὐτόν τῷ Θεῷ τόν νοῦν ἀποτελεῖ κατά τήν ἕξιν τῆς χάριτος τοσαύτην ἔχοντα πρός Θεόν τήν ἐμφέρειαν, ὥστε τόν Θεόν δι᾿ αὐτοῦ γνωρίζεσθαι, τόν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ κατά φύσιν οὐδαμῶς τό παράπαν οὐδενί γινωσκόμενον, ὡς ἔκ τινος εἰκόνος ἀρχέτυπον. (πε΄) Ἡ μέν Παλαιά Διαθήκη, πράξεως καί ἀρετῆς ὑπάρχουσα σύμβολον, συμφωνεῖν τό σῶμα τῷ νοΐ παρασκευάζει κατά τήν κίνησιν· ἡ δέ Νέα, θεωρίας οὖσα καί γνώσεως ποιητικήν, τόν μυστικῶς αὐτῆς ἀντεχόμενον νοῦν τοῖς θείοις νοήμασι καταφαιδρύνει καί τοῖς γνωρίσμασι· καί ἡ μέν Παλαιά, τῷ γνωστικῷ χορηγεῖ τούς τρόπους τῶν ἀρετῶν· ἡ δέ Νέα, τῷ πρακτικῷ γνώσεως ἀληθοῦς λόγους χαρίζεται. ( (πστ΄) Ἐκείνων ὁ Θεός λέγεταί τε καί γίνεται κατά χάριν Πατήρ, τῶν μόνην ἐχόντων τήν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν γνωμικήν ἐν πνεύματι γέννησιν· καθ᾿ ἥν ὥσπερ ψυχῆς πρόσωπον, τόν ἐν ἀρεταῖς τοῦ γεννήσαντος Θεοῦ χαρακτῆρα
And the one, snatching the mind away from the mist of things seen, leads it up to what is akin to it, having become pure of all material fantasy; but the other cleanses it of material attachment, by the tension of courage, as though striking out with a hammer the nails of the disposition that fasten it to the body.
(84) The Old brings the body, reckoned as toward the soul, up through the midst of the virtues, preventing the mind from being dragged down to the body; but the New brings the mind up to God, winged by the fire of love. And the one works the body to be the same as the mind in position and movement; but the other makes the mind the same as God in the habit of grace, having so great a likeness toward God that God is known through it—he who by nature from himself is in no way at all known to anyone—as an archetype through some image. (85) The Old Testament, being a symbol of practice and virtue, prepares the body to be in harmony with the mind in movement; but the New, being productive of contemplation and knowledge, illumines with divine thoughts and marks the mind that mystically cleaves to it; and the Old supplies to the contemplative the modes of the virtues; but the New grants to the practical the reasons of true knowledge. (86) Of those men God is said to be, and becomes by grace, Father, who have only the spiritual birth in virtue of their disposition; according to which, as it were the face of the soul, the character of God who begot them in virtues
φαινόμενον ἔχοντες κατά τόν βίον, τούς θεωμένους τῇ μεταβολῇ τῶν τρόπων δοξάζειν τόν Θεόν παρασκευάζουσι, τόν οἰκεῖον βίον πρός μίμησιν παρέχοντες αὐτοῖς ἐξαίρετον ἀρετῆς ἐξεμπλάριον. Οὐ γάρ λόγῳ ψιλῷ Θεός δοξάζεσθαι πέφυκεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἔργοις δικαιοσύνης πολλῷ πλείονα λόγων βοῶσι τήν θείαν μεγαλοπρέπειαν. (πζ΄) Ἀριστερός μέν ὁ φυσικός νόμος, διά τήν αἴσθησιν· προσάγει δέ τῷ λόγῳ τούς τρόπους τῶν ἀρετῶν, καί ποιεῖ γνῶσιν ἐνεργουμένην. Ὁ δέ πνευματικός νόμος, δεξιός μέν ἐστι διά τόν νοῦν· μίγνυσι δέ τῇ αἰσθήσει τούς ἐν τοῖς οὖσι πνευματικούς λόγους, καί ποιεῖ πρᾶξιν λελογισμένην. (πη΄) Ὁ τῇ πράξει σωματουμένην τήν γνῶσιν, καί τῇ γνώσει ψυχουμένην τήν πρᾶξιν δεικνύς, τόν ἀκριβῇ τρόπον εὗρε τῆς ἀληθοῦς θεουργίας. Ὁ δ᾿ ὁποτέραν τούτων τῆς ἑτέρας ἔχων διαζευγμένην, ἤ τήν γνῶσιν ἀνυπόστατον πεποίηκε φαντασίαν, ἤ τήν πρᾶξιν ἄψυχον κατέστησε εἴδωλον. Γνῶσις γάρ ἄπρακτος, φαντασίας οὐδέν διενήνοχεν, ὑφιστῶσα αὐτήν τήν πρᾶξιν οὐκ ἔχουσα· καί πρᾶξις ἀλόγιστος, ταὐτόν εἰδώλῳ καθέστηκεν ψυχοῦσαν αὐτήν τήν γνῶσιν οὐκ ἔχουσα.
Having it visible in their life, they prepare those who observe them to glorify God by the change of their ways, offering their own life to them as an excellent example of virtue for imitation. For God is not by nature glorified by mere word, but by works of righteousness that cry out the divine magnificence far more than words. (87) The natural law is left, because of sense perception; but it brings the ways of the virtues to the word, and makes knowledge active. The spiritual law is right, because of the mind; it mingles the spiritual principles in beings with sense perception, and makes practice reasoned. (88) He who shows knowledge embodied by practice, and practice ensouled by knowledge, has found the precise way of true deification. But he who has either of these separated from the other has either made knowledge an insubstantial fantasy, or has established practice as a soulless idol. For knowledge without practice differs nothing from fantasy, since it does not have the practice that gives it substance; and practice without reason is the same as an idol, since it does not have the knowledge that ensouls it.
(πθ΄) Τό τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν μυστήριον, ἐπίδειξιν μέν λόγου, τόν βίον, δόξαν δέ βίου, τόν λόγον ποιεῖται· καί τήν μέν πρᾶξιν θεωρίαν ἐνεργουμένην, τήν δέ θεωρίαν, πρᾶξιν μυσταγωγουμένην. Καί συντόμως εἰπεῖν, τήν μέν ἀρετήν, φανέρωσιν γνώσεως, τήν δέ γνῶσιν, ἀρετῆς συντηρητικήν ἐργαζόμενον δύναμιν· καί δι᾿ ἀμφοῖν, ἀρετῆς δέ λέγω καί γνώσεως, μίαν σοφίαν συνισταμένην ἐπιδεικνύμενον· ἵνα γνῶμεν ὅτι συμφωνοῦσιν ἀλλήλαις διά πάντων αἱ δύο Διαθῆκαι κατά τήν χάριν, πλέον εἰς ἑνός μυστηρίου συμπλήρωσιν, ἤ ὅσον ψυχή καί σῶμα πρός ἑνός ἀνθρώπου γένεσιν, κατά τήν σύνθεσιν ἀλλήλαις συμβαίνουσαι. ( ( ΄) Ὥσπερ ψυχή καί σῶμα ποιεῖ κατά σύνθεσιν ἄνθρωπον, οὕτω πρᾶξις καί θεωρία, μίαν κατά σύνοδον ἀποτελεῖ σοφίαν γνωστικήν· καί Παλαιά καί Νέα Διαθήκη, μυστήριον ἕν ἀπεργάζεται. Μόνου δέ τοῦ Θεοῦ κατά φύσιν ἐστί τό ἀγαθόν, ἐξ οὗ, κατά μετοχήν, πάντα φωτίζεταί τε καί ἀγαθύνεται, τά φωτός κατά φύσιν καί ἀγαθότητος δεκτικά.
(89) The mystery of our salvation makes the life an exhibition of the word, and the word the glory of the life; and it makes practice a contemplation in action, and contemplation a practice mystically guided. And to speak briefly, it makes virtue a manifestation of knowledge, and knowledge a power that preserves virtue; and through both—I mean virtue and knowledge—it demonstrates one wisdom constituted, so that we may know that the two Testaments agree with each other in all things through grace, concurring for the completion of one mystery more than soul and body concur for the generation of one man by their composition. (90) Just as soul and body by composition make a man, so practice and contemplation by their union produce one wisdom that is knowing; and the Old and New Testaments accomplish one mystery. But the good is by nature of God alone, from whom, by participation, all things are enlightened and made good—those things which are by nature receptive of light and goodness.
( α΄) Ὁ τόν φαινόμενον κόσμον νοῶν, θεωρεῖ τόν νοούμενον· τυποῖ γάρ τῇ αἰσθήσει τά νοητά φανταζόμενος, καί κατά νοῦν σχηματίζει τούς θεαθέντας λόγους· καί μεταφέρει, πρός μέν αἴσθησιν πολυειδῶς, τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ κόσμου πολυπλόκως τήν σύνθεσιν· καί νοεῖ, ἐν μέν τῷ νοητῷ, τόν αἰσθητόν, μετενέγκας πρός τόν νοῦν τοῖς λόγοις τήν αἴσθησιν, ἐν δέ τῷ αἰσθητῷ, τόν νοητόν, πρός τήν αἴσθησιν ἐπιστημόνως τοῖς τύποις μετεγκλοιώσας τόν νοῦν. ( β΄) Τόν μέν πρῶτον περί μονάδος λόγον, ὡς ἀρχήν πάσης ἀρετῆς κεφαλήν ὁ προφήτης ὠνόμασεν· ὡς τό, Ἔδυ ἡ κεφαλή μου εἰς σχισμάς ὀρέων· τάς δέ διανοίας τῶν πνευμάτων τῆς πονηρίας, σχισμάς τῶν ὀρέων, ὑφ᾿ ὧν κατεπόθη διά τῆς παραβάσεως ὁ ἡμέτερος νοῦς· γῆν δέ κατωτάτην, τήν μηδαμῶς γνώσεως αἰσθανομένην θείας, ἤ τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ζωῆς, τήν οἱανοῦν κίνησιν ἔχουσαν ἕξιν· ἄβυσσον δέ, τήν ἐπικειμένην ἄγνοιαν τῇ ἕξει τῆς κακίας, ἐφ᾿ ᾗ βέβηκε καθάπερ γῇ, τά τῆς κακίας πελάγη ἤ γῆν, τήν παγίαν τῆς κακίας ἕξιν εἶπεν· αἰωνίους δέ μοχλούς, τάς συγκρατούσας τήν χειρίστην ἕξιν ἐμπαθεῖς προσπαθείας τῶν ὑλικῶν. ( γ΄) Ἡ τῶν ἁγίων ὑπομονή, τήν πονηράν δύναμιν προσβάλλουσαν, δαπανᾷ· ὡς πείθουσα τοῖς ὑπέρ ἀληθείας ἐγκαλλωπίζεσθαι πόνοις, τούς αὐτῆς διακόνους, καί πλέον ἐμπλατύνεσθαι ( διδάσκουσα τοῖς παθήμασιν, ἤ ταῖς ἀνέσεσιν, οἱ τῆς ἐν σαρκί ζωῆς ἄγαν φροντίζοντες, ὑπόθεσιν αὐτοῖς ὑπερβαλλούσης κατά πνεῦμα δυνάμεως ποιουμένη, τήν κατά φύσιν τῆς σαρκός περί τό πάσχειν ἀσθένειαν. Ὅρα γάρ ὅπως τῆς καθ᾿ ὑπερβολήν θείας δυνάμεως ἐστιν ὑπόθεσις, ἡ
(1) He who understands the visible world contemplates the intelligible world; for he impresses the intelligible realities upon sense perception by forming images of them, and he shapes in the mind the principles he has beheld; and he transfers, in relation to sense perception in many forms, the manifold composition of the sensible world; and he understands, in the intelligible world, the sensible world, having transferred sense perception to the mind by means of the principles, and in the sensible world, the intelligible world, having knowingly transformed the mind toward sense perception by means of the types. (2) The first principle concerning the monad, which the prophet called the head as the beginning of every virtue—as in the verse, My head sank into the clefts of the mountains; and the thoughts of the spirits of wickedness he called clefts of the mountains, by which our mind was swallowed up through transgression; and the lowest earth, the habit possessing no motion whatsoever of divine knowledge, or of the life according to virtue; and the abyss, the ignorance lying upon the habit of evil, upon which, as upon earth, the seas of evil rest—or he called earth the fixed habit of evil; and the eternal bars, the passionate attachments to material things that hold together the worst habit. (3) The endurance of the saints consumes the evil power that assails them; for it persuades its servants to take pride in labors for the sake of truth, and teaches them to be the more enlarged in sufferings than in relaxations—those who care exceedingly for the life in the flesh, making for them an occasion of superabundant power according to the spirit, the natural weakness of the flesh in suffering. For observe how it is an occasion of superabundant divine power, the
κατά φύσιν τῶν ἁγίων ἀσθένεια, ἧς ἥττονα τόν ὑπερήφανον διάβολον Κύριος ἔδειξεν.
( δ΄) Ὁ λόγος τῆς χάριτος, διά πολλῶν πειρασμῶν πρός τήν τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσιν, ἤγουν τήν τῶν ἐθνῶν Ἐκκλησίαν, ὥσπερ Ἰωνᾶς διά πολλῶν θλίψεων πρός Νινευί διαβάς τήν πόλιν τήν μεγάλην, ἔπεισε τόν βασιλεύοντα νόμον τῆς φύσεως ἐξαναστῆναι τοῦ θρόνου, τῆς προτέρας δηλαδή περί τό κακόν κατά τήν αἴσθησιν ἕξεως, καί περιελέσθαι τήν στολήν αὐτοῦ, τόν ἐπί τοῖς ἤθεσι λέγω τῆς κοσμικῆς δόξης ἀποθέσθαι τῦφον, καί περιβαλέσθαι σάκκον, τό πένθος δηλαδή καί τήν δυσχερῆ καί τραχεῖαν τῆς κακοπαθείας, καί βίῳ τῷ κατά Θεόν πρέπουσαν ἀγωγήν· καί καθίσαι ἐπί σποδοῦ· σποδός δέ ἐστιν ἡ πτωχεία τοῦ πνεύματος, ἐφ᾿ ἧς καθέζεται πᾶς εὐσεβῶς ζῇν διδασκόμενος, καί τήν μάστιγα τῆς συνειδήσεως ἔχων ἐπί τοῖς πλημμεληθεῖσιν, αὐτόν καταικίζουσαν. ( ε΄) Ὅρα ὅπως βασιλέα μέν εἶναι λέγει, τόν φυσικόν νόμον· θρόνον δέ, τήν ἐμπαθῆ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἕξιν· τήν δέ στολήν, τήν τῆς κενῆς δόξης προβολήν· τόν δέ σάκκον, τό κατά τήν μετάνοιαν πένθος· τήν δέ σποδόν, τήν ταπεινοφροσύνην· ἀνθρώπους δέ, τούς περί τόν λόγον· κτήνη δέ, τούς περί τήν ἐπιθυμίαν· βόας δέ, τούς περί τόν θυμόν· πρόβατα δέ, τούς περί τήν θεωρίαν τῶν ὁρατῶν πταίοντας.
(3) The weakness of the saints according to nature, than which the Lord showed the proud devil to be weaker.
(4) The word of grace, passing through many temptations to the nature of men—that is, to the Church of the Gentiles—as Jonah passed through many afflictions to Nineveh, the great city, persuaded the kingly law of nature to rise from its throne—that is, from its former habit inclined to evil through the senses—and to put off its robe, I mean to lay aside the pride of worldly glory in its manners, and to clothe itself in sackcloth, that is, the mourning and the harsh and rough conduct of hardship, and the manner of life fitting for a life according to God; and to sit upon ashes. Ashes are the poverty of spirit, upon which sits everyone who is taught to live piously, and who has the scourge of conscience for his transgressions, lashing him. (5) See how he calls the natural law a king; the throne, the passionate habit according to sense; the robe, the display of empty glory; the sackcloth, the mourning of repentance; the ashes, humility of mind; the men, those concerned with reason; the cattle, those concerned with desire; the oxen, those concerned with anger; the sheep, those who stumble in the contemplation of things visible.
( στ΄) Ὁ διά τήν ἔννομον ἀρετήν τῶν ἐν σαρκί παθῶν ὠς ἀριστερῶν ποιούμενος λήθην, καί διά τήν ἄπταιστον γνῶσιν, ἐπί τοῖς κατορθώμασι τῇ νόσῳ τῆς φυσιούσης οἰήσεως ὡς δεξιᾶς ( οὐχ ἁλισκόμενος, ἀνήρ γέγονε, μή γινώσκων δεξιάν αὐτοῦ, ὡς δόξης οὐκ ἐρῶν λυομένης, οὐδέ ἀριστεράν, ὡς τοῖς τῆς σαρκός οὐκ ἐρεθιζόμενος πάθεσι. Δεξιάν οὖν, ὡς ἔοικεν, εἶπεν ὁ λόγος, τήν ἐπί τοῖς δῆθεν κατορθώμασι κενοδοξίαν· ἀριστεράν δέ, τήν ἐπί τοῖς αἰσχροῖς πάθεσιν ἀκολασίαν. Ὁ γάρ τῆς ἀρετῆς λόγος, τῆς σαρκός ὡς ἀριστερᾶς οὐκ οἶδεν ἁμαρτίαν· ὁ δέ τῆς γνώσεως, τήν ψυχῆς ὡς δεξιᾶς οὐ γινώσκει κακίαν. ( ζ΄) Ἡ κατά λόγον γνῶσις τῶν ἀρετῶν, ἤγουν ἡ κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν ἀληθής τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν αἰτίας ἐπίγνωσις, ἄγνοιαν παντελῆ πέφυκε ποιεῖν, τῆς δεξιᾶς καί ἀριστερᾶς ἑκατέρωθεν παρακειμένης τῇ μεσότητι τῶν ἀρετῶν ὑπερβολῆς καί ἐλλείψεως. Εἰ γάρ οὐδέν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ παντελῶς πέφυκεν εἶναι παράλογον, σαφῶς ὁ πρός τόν λόγον τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀναχθείς, τήν τῶν παραλόγων οὐδαμῶς ἐπιγνώσεται θέσιν. Οὐ γάρ δυνατόν ἄμφω κατά ταὐτόν ἅμα καταθρῆσαι τά ἀντικείμενα, καί θατέρῳ ἅμα τό ἕτερον γνῶναι συνεμφαινόμενον. ( η΄) Εἰ ἀπιστίας ἐν τῇ πίστει λόγος οὐδείς, οὐδέ σκότους αἰτία κατά φύσιν ὑπάρχει τό φῶς, οὐδέ Χριστῷ συνενδείκνυσθαι πέφυκεν ὁ διάβολος, δῆλον ὡς οὐδέ τῷ λόγῳ τό παράπαν συνυπάρχει τό παράλογον. Εἰ δέ τῷ λόγῳ συνεῖναι παντελῶς οὐ δύναται τό παράλογον, ὁ πρός τόν λόγον τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀναχθείς, τήν τῶν παραλόγων οὐδαμῶς ἐπιγνώσεται θέσιν, μόνην ὡς ἔστιν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὡς νομίζεται γινώσκων τήν ἀρετήν·
(6) The man who, for the sake of the virtue that is according to the law, makes himself forgetful of the passions in the flesh as of things on the left, and who, for the sake of faultless knowledge, is not caught by the disease of vaunting conceit over his successes as by things on the right—such a man has become one who does not know his right hand, as not desiring glory that is dissolved, nor his left hand, as not being provoked by the passions of the flesh. Right hand, then, as it seems, the word has called the vainglory over so-called successes; and left hand, the licentiousness in shameful passions. For the word of virtue does not know the sin of the flesh as its left hand; and the word of knowledge does not know the vice of the soul as its right hand. (7) The knowledge of the virtues according to reason—that is, the true recognition, in actual practice, of the cause of the virtues—is by nature such as to produce complete ignorance, since right and left, that is, excess and deficiency, lie on either side of the mean of the virtues. For if nothing that is contrary to reason is by nature entirely present in reason, then he who has been led up to the reason of the virtues will in no way recognize the position of things contrary to reason. For it is not possible to contemplate both opposites at the same time in the same respect, and at the same time to know the one as co-indicated with the other. (8) If there is no word of unbelief in faith, nor is light by nature a cause of darkness, nor is the devil by nature such as to be indicated together with Christ, it is clear that neither does the contrary to reason coexist at all with reason. But if the contrary to reason cannot coexist at all with reason, then he who has been led up to the reason of the virtues will in no way recognize the position of things contrary to reason, knowing virtue as it is, and not as it is supposed to be.
καί διά τοῦτο μήτε δεξιάν διά τῆς ὑπερβολῆς, μήτε ἀριστεράν διά τῆς ἐλλείψεως ἐπιστάμενος. Ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοῖν γάρ θεωρεῖται σαφῶς τό παράλογον. ( θ΄) Ἀπιστίαν λέγει, τήν ἄρνησιν τῶν ἐντολῶν· πίστιν δέ, τήν ( αὐτῶν συγκατάθεσιν· τό δέ σκότος, τοῦ καλοῦ τήν ἄγνοιαν· τό δέ φῶς, τήν τούτου διάγνωσιν. Χριστόν δέ κέκληκε, τήν οὐσίαν τοῦ καλοῦ καί τήν ὑπόστασιν· τόν διάβολον δέ, τήν πάντων γεννητικήν τῶν κακῶν χειρίστην ἕξιν. (ρ΄) Εἰ ὅρος ὑπάρχει καί μέτρον τῶν ὄντων ὁ λόγος, ἴσον πρός ἀλογίαν ἐστί, καί διά τοῦτο παράλογον, τό παρά τόν ὅρον καί παρά τό μέτρον, ἤ πάλιν ὑπέρ τόν ὅρον κινεῖσθαι καί ὑπέρ τό μέτρον. Ἐπίσης γάρ ἄμφω τοῖς οὕτω κινουμένοις τοῦ κυρίως ὄντος φέρει τήν ἔκπτωσιν· τό μέν, ἄδηλον αὐτοῖς ποιεῖσθαι τοῦ δρόμου πεῖθον τήν κίνησιν καί ἀόριστον, οὐκ ἔχουσαν σκοπόν τόν Θεόν δι᾿ ἀμετρίαν νοός, ὡς τέλος αὐτοῖς προεπινοούμενον· τοῦ δεξιοῦ, δεξιώτερον ἀναπλαττομένοις· τό δέ,
παρά τόν σκοπόν, πρός μόνην τήν αἴσθησιν αὐτούς πεῖθον, τοῦ δρόμου ποιεῖσθαι τήν κίνησιν, δι᾿ ἀτονίας νοός, προεπινοούμενον τέλος νομίζοντας, τό κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν αὐτοῖς περιγραφόμενον· ἅπερ ἀγνοεῖ μή πάσχων, ὁ μόνῳ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς συνημμένος, καί πᾶσαν αὐτῷ τῆς κατά νοῦν οἰκείας δυνάμεως περιγράψας τήν κίνησιν, καί διά τοῦτο μηδέν ὑπέρ τόν λόγον ἤ παρά τόν λόγον διανοεῖσθαι δυνάμενος.
And for this reason he knows neither the right through excess nor the left through deficiency. For in both the absurdity is clearly seen. (9) He calls unbelief the denial of the commandments, and faith the assent to them; darkness, the ignorance of the good; and light, the discernment of it. And he has called Christ the essence and subsistence of the good; and the devil the worst disposition that generates all evils. (10) If the logos is the boundary and measure of beings, then it is equal to irrationality, and for this reason absurd, to move contrary to the boundary and contrary to the measure, or again beyond the boundary and beyond the measure. For both equally bring upon those who move in this way the fall from that which truly is: the one, by persuading them to make the movement of their course unclear and undefined, not having God as the goal pre-conceived as their end because of the mind's lack of measure—while they fashion for themselves something more right than the right; the other, contrary to the goal, by persuading them to make the movement of their course toward perception alone, through the mind's weakness, thinking the end pre-conceived to be what is circumscribed for them by perception. These things he does not know, who does not suffer them, being joined to the logos of virtue alone, and having circumscribed for himself every movement of his own power according to the mind, and for this reason being unable to think anything beyond the logos or contrary to the logos.
ΕΚΑΤΟΝΤΑΣ ΠΕΜΠΤΗ ( (α΄) Ὁ κατά φύσιν λόγος, διά μέσων τῶν ἀρετῶν, πρός τόν νοῦν ἀνάγειν πέφυκε τόν ἐπιμελούμενον πράξεως· ὁ δέ νοῦς πρός τήν σοφίαν εἰσάγει διά θεωρίας τόν ἐφιέμενον γνώσεως. Τό δέ παράλογον πάθος, πρός τήν αἴσθησιν πείθει καταφέρεσθαι τόν ἀμελοῦντα τῶν ἐντολῶν, ἧς τέλος ἐστί, τό πρός τήν ἡδονήν καθηλωθῆναι τόν νοῦν.
(β΄) Ἀρετήν καλεῖ, τήν ἀπαθεστάτην καί παγίαν περί τό καλόν ἕξιν, ἧς ἐφ᾿ ἑκάτερα καθέστηκεν οὐδέν, Θεοῦ φερούσης χαρακτῆρα, ᾧ οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐναντίον. Αἰτία δέ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐστιν ὁ Θεός· τούτου δέ κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν γνῶσις, ἡ τοῦ κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν ἐπεγνωκότος τόν Θεόν πρός τό πνεῦμα κατά τήν ἕξιν ἀλλοίωσις. (γ΄) Εἰ ὁ λόγος διώρισεν ὡς πέφυκεν ἑκάστου τήν γένεσιν, οὐδέν τῶν ὄντων ἑαυτό φυσικῶς ἤ ὑπερβέβηκεν ἤ ὑποβέβηκεν. Οὐκοῦν ὅρος μέν τῶν ὄντων ἐστίν, ἡ κατ᾿ ἔφεσιν τῆς αἰτίας ἐπίγνωσις· μέτρον δέ, ἡ ἐφικτή τοῖς οὖσι κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν τῆς αἰτίας ἐκμίμησις. Τό δέ ὑπέρ τόν ὅρον φέρεσθαι καί τό μέτρον τῶν κινουμένων τήν ἔφεσιν, ἀνόνητον ποιεῖ τόν δρόμον, μή καταντώντων εἰς Θεόν, ἐν ᾧ ἡ κατ᾿ ἔφεσιν πάντων ἵσταται κίνησις, αὐθυπόστατον δεχομένη τέλος τοῦ Θεοῦ τήν ἀπόλαυσιν. Τό δέ παρά τόν ὄρον φέρεσθαι καί τό μέτρον τῶν κινουμένων τήν ἔφεσιν, ἀνόνητον ποιεῖ τόν δρόμον, ἀντί Θεοῦ καταντώντων πρός τήν αἴσθησιν, ἐν ᾗ καθ᾿ ἡδονήν βέβηκεν ἡ τῶν παθῶν ἀνυπόστατος ἀπόλαυσις. ( (δ΄) Ὁ πρός τήν αἰτίαν τῶν ὄντων ἀσχέτως ἀνατιθείς νοῦν, ἀγνοήσει παντελῶς, μηδένα θεωρῶν λόγον, ἐν τῷ κατά πᾶσαν αἰτίαν ὑπέρ πάντα λόγον ὄντι κατ᾿ οὐσίαν Θεῷ·
ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY-FIRST (1) The principle according to nature is naturally fitted to lead the one who attends to practice, through the virtues that lie in the middle, up to the intellect; and the intellect, through contemplation, brings the one who strives for knowledge into wisdom. But irrational passion persuades the one who neglects the commandments to be carried down to sensation, whose end is that the intellect be nailed fast to pleasure.
(2) He calls virtue the most passionless and firm habit concerning the good, on either side of which nothing stands, since it bears the imprint of God, to whom nothing is contrary. And the cause of the virtues is God; and the knowledge of him according to activity is the alteration, in respect of habit, of the one who has truly known God toward the Spirit. (3) If the principle has defined how the generation of each thing naturally is, then nothing among existing things has naturally either overstepped itself or fallen below itself. Therefore the limit of existing things is the recognition of the cause according to desire; and the measure is the imitation of the cause according to activity that is attainable by existing things. But to be carried beyond the limit and the measure of things moved by desire makes the course unprofitable, since they do not arrive at God, in whom the motion of all things according to desire stands still, receiving as its self-subsistent end the enjoyment of God. But to be carried beside the limit and the measure of things moved by desire makes the course unprofitable, since instead of God they arrive at sensation, in which the substanceless enjoyment of the passions has been fixed in pleasure. (4) He who refers his intellect to the cause of existing things without relation will be utterly ignorant, contemplating no principle at all, in God who according to every cause is beyond every principle and is in essence God.
πρός ὅν ἀπό τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων συσταλείς, οὐδένα τῶν ἀφ᾿ ὧν ἀπέστη λόγων, ἐπίσταται μόνον τόν πρός ὅν γέγονε κατά χάριν, ἀνερμηνεύτως θεώμενος. Καί γάρ καί τούς τῶν ἀσωμάτων καί τούς τῶν σωμάτων ἀφίησι λόγους, ὁ πρός τόν Θεόν ἀναδραμών κατ᾿ ἔκστασιν νοῦς. Οὐ γάρ πέφυκέ τι Θεῷ τῶν μετά Θεόν, ἅμα συγκατοπτεύεσθαι.
(ε΄) Ἐπάρατον ὄντως πάθος ὁ τῦφος, καί ἐκ δύο κακῶν κατά σύνθεσιν συνιστάμενον, ὑπερηφανίας φημί καί κενοδοξίας· ὧν ἡ μέν ὑπερηφανία, τήν αἰτίαν ἀρνεῖται τῆς ἀρετῆς καί τῆς φύσεως· ἡ δέ κενοδοξία, τήν τε φύσιν, καί αὐτήν νόθον τήν ἀρετήν καθίστησιν. Οὐδέν γάρ τῷ ὑπερηφάνῳ κατά Θεόν διαπράττεται, καί οὐδέν τῷ κενοδόξῳ κατά φύσιν προέρχεται.
(στ΄) Ὑπερηφανίας ἴδιον, τό ἀρνεῖσθαι τόν Θεόν ἀρετῆς εἶναι γενέτην καί φύσεως· κενοδοξίας δέ, τό μερίζειν τήν φύσιν πρός ὕφεσιν· ὧν ὁ τῦφος εἶναι γέννημα πέφυκεν, ἕξις κακίας ὑπάρχων σύνθετος, Θεοῦ ἄρνησιν ἑκούσιον ἔχουσα, καί τῆς κατά φύσιν ἰσοτιμίας ἄγνοιαν.
Toward whom, having been drawn together from all existing things, he knows none of the principles of those things from which he has departed, but only the one toward whom he has come by grace, beholding him ineffably. For the intellect that has run back up to God in ecstasy lets go both the principles of incorporeal things and those of bodies. For it is not in the nature of any of the things after God to be contemplated together with God.
(5) Truly accursed is the passion of blindness, and it is composed of two evils combined: I mean arrogance and vainglory. Of these, arrogance denies the cause of virtue and of nature; vainglory makes both nature and virtue itself counterfeit. For nothing is done according to God by the arrogant man, and nothing proceeds according to nature by the vainglorious man.
(6) It is proper to arrogance to deny that God is the begetter of virtue and of nature; and to vainglory, to divide nature toward what is base; blindness is by nature their offspring, being a composite habit of vice, having a voluntary denial of God and ignorance of the natural equality of honor.
(ζ΄) Ὑπερηφανίας καί κενοδοξίας μίξις, ὁ τῦφος καθέστηκε· πρός μέν τόν Θεόν ἔχων τήν καταφρόνησιν, καθ᾿ ἥν πέφυκε βλασφήμως διαβάλλειν τήν πρόνοιαν· πρός δέ τήν φύσιν κεκτημένος τήν ἀλλοτρίωσιν, καθ᾿ ἥν πάντα τά τῆς φύσεως παρά τήν φύσιν μεταχειρίζεται, τῷ κατά παράχρησιν τρόπῳ τήν τῆς φύσεως παραφθείρων εὐπρέπειαν.
(η΄) Τό πνεῦμα τοῦ καύσωνος, οὐ μόνον τούς πειρασμούς, ( ἀλλά καί τήν ἐγκατάλειψιν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τήν ἀφαιρουμένην τῶν Ἰουδαίων τήν τῶν θείων χαρισμάτων χορηγίαν, δηλοῖ. Ἡ δέ διά πνεύματος κατά ψυχήν ἀγχιστεία, σαρκός μέν λύει τήν σχέσιν τῆς προαιρέσεως, Θεῷ δέ προσδεσμεῖ κατά πόθον προσηλωθεῖσαν.
(θ΄) Ὁ μέν φυσικός νόμος, ὅταν οὐκ ἔχῃ πλεονεκτοῦσαν τόν λόγον τήν αἴσθησιν, ἀδιδάκτως ἀσπάζεσθαι πάντας πείθει τό συγγενές καί ὁμόφυλον, αὐτήν ἔχοντας τήν φύσιν τῆς τῶν δεομένων ἐπικουρίας διδάσκαλον, κἀκεῖνο βούλεσθαι πᾶσιν ἅπαντας, ὅπερ ἕκαστος ἑαυτῷ παρά τῶν ἄλλων γινόμενον, εἶναι δοκεῖ καταθύμιον. Καί τοῦτο διδάσκων ὁ Κύριος, φησίν, Ὅσα θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ὁμοίως καί ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς. (ι΄) Ἔργον εἶναι τοῦ φυσικοῦ νόμου φησί, τήν γνωμικήν πάντων πρός πάντας ὁμόθυμον σχέσιν. Ἐφ᾿ ὧν γάρ ἡ φύσις λόγῳ βραβεύεται, τούτων μία πέφυκεν εἶναι διάθεσις. Ὧν δέ διάθεσις ἡ αὐτή, καί ὁ κατ᾿ ἦθος τρόπος, καί ὁ τοῦ βίου δρόμος εἷς ὑπάρχειν προδήλως πέφυκεν. Ὧν δέ τρόπος ἠθῶν βίου δρόμος ἐστίν ὁ αὐτός, εἷς δηλονότι καί ὁ αὐτός κατά τήν γνώμην τῆς πρός ἀλλήλους σχέσεως ὑπάρχει δεσμός, κατά μίαν γνώμην ἄγων τούς πάντας πρός τόν ἕνα λόγον τῆς φύσεως·
(7) Vainglory is a mixture of pride and empty conceit; for it has contempt toward God, whereby it is naturally inclined blasphemously to slander providence, and it possesses alienation from nature, whereby it handles all things of nature contrary to nature, corrupting the beauty of nature by its mode of misuse.
(8) The spirit of the scorching heat signifies not only temptations but also the abandonment by God, which removed from the Jews the supply of divine gifts. But the kinship through the spirit in the soul loosens the bond of the flesh's choice and binds it to God, fastened to him in longing.
(9) The natural law, when it does not have the senses prevailing over reason, persuades all without teaching to embrace what is kindred and of the same race, having nature itself as the teacher of succor for those in need, and to will for all that very thing which each one seems to desire for himself from others. And teaching this, the Lord says, "Whatever you wish that men should do to you, do likewise to them."
(10) He says that it is the work of the natural law to have the harmonious relation of all toward all in disposition. For those whose nature is governed by reason, their disposition is naturally one. And those whose disposition is the same, their manner of character and course of life are plainly one. And those whose manner of character and course of life is the same, evidently the bond of their relation toward one another in disposition is also one and the same, leading all by one disposition toward the one principle of nature.
ἐν ᾧ παντελῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ νῦν κρατοῦσα τῆς φύσεως διά τῆς φιλαυτίας διαίρεσις. Ὁ δέ γραπτός νόμος, φόβῳ τῶν ἐπιτιμίων ἐπέχων τάς ἀτάκτους τῶν ἀφρονεστέρων ὁρμάς, ἐθίζει διδάσκων, πρός μόνην αὐτούς ὁρᾷν τήν τοῦ ἴσου διανομήν, καθ᾿ ἥν τῆς δικαιοσύνης τό κράτος χρόνῳ βεβαιωθέν, εἰς φύσιν μεθίσταται, ποιοῦν, τόν μέν φόβον, διάθεσιν, ἠρέμα κατά μικρόν τῇ περί τό καλόν γνώμῃ συγκρατυνομένην· ἕξιν δέ, τήν συνήθειαν, τῇ λήθῃ τῶν προτέρων καθαιρομένην, καί τό φιλάλληλον ἑαυτῇ συναποτίκτουσαν.
( (ια΄) Ὁ γραπτός νόμος, φησί, κωλύων φόβῳ τήν ἀδικίαν, ἐθίζει πρός τό δίκαιον· χρόνῳ δέ τό ἔθος ποιεῖ διάθεσιν φιλοδίκαιον, ὑφ᾿ ἧς παγία πρός τό καλόν ἕξις ἐπιγίνεται, λήθην προλαβούσης πονηρίας ἐπάγουσα. (ιβ΄) Ὁ δέ τῆς χάριτος νόμος, αὐτόν ἀμέσως διδάσκει τούς ἀγομένους μιμεῖσθαι τόν Θεόν, ὅς τοσοῦτον ὑπέρ ἑαυτόν ἡμᾶς, εἰ θέμις εἰπεῖν, καί ταῦτα διά τήν ἁμαρτίαν ὄντας ἐχθρούς, ἠγάπησεν, ὥστε καί εἰς τήν καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς οὐσίαν ἐλθεῖν ἀτρέπτως, ὑπέρ πᾶσαν οὐσίαν ὄντα· καί φύσιν ὑπερουσίως καταδέξασθαι καί ἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι, καί τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἕνα χρηματίσαι βούλεσθαι, καί τήν ἡμετέραν κατάκρισιν οἰκείαν ποιῆσαι μή παραιτήσασθαι· καί τοσοῦτον ἡμᾶς θεῶσαι κατά χάριν, ὅσον κατ᾿ οἰκονομίαν αὐτός γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος· ἵνα μή μόνον μάθωμεν ἀλλήλων ἀντέχεσθαι φυσικῶς, καί ὡς ἑαυτούς ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾷν πνευματικῶς, ἀλλά καί ὑπέρ ἑαυτούς ἀλλήλων κήδεσθαι θεϊκῶς, καί ταύτην τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους ἀγάπης ἀπόδειξιν ποιεῖσθαι, τό κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ὑπέρ ἀλλήλων τόν ἑκούσιον προθύμως αἱρεῖσθαι θάνατον.
In which there is altogether no longer the division of nature that now prevails through self-love. But the written law, restraining by fear of penalties the disorderly impulses of the more foolish, accustoms them by teaching to look to the equal distribution alone, by which the dominion of justice, confirmed by time, passes over into nature, making fear a disposition, gently and little by little strengthened with the mind directed toward the good; and making habit a settled state, purged by forgetfulness of former things, and bringing forth with itself love of one another.
(11) The written law, he says, hindering injustice by fear, accustoms one to what is just; and in time habit produces a justice-loving disposition, from which a firm settled state toward the good arises, bringing forgetfulness of former wickedness. (12) But the law of grace teaches those who are led directly to imitate God, who loved us so much beyond himself—if it is lawful to say so—even though we were enemies because of sin, that he even came into our own essence without change, though he is beyond all essence; and he deigned to receive nature in a manner beyond essence and to become man, and willed to be called one of men, and did not refuse to make our condemnation his own; and he deified us by grace as much as he himself became man by dispensation; so that we might learn not only to hold fast to one another naturally and to love one another spiritually as ourselves, but also to care for one another divinely beyond ourselves, and to make this the proof of love toward one another: to choose willingly and eagerly the voluntary death for one another's sake according to virtue.
Οὐκ ἔστι γάρ ἄλλη μείζων ταύτης ἀγάπη, φησίν, ἵνα τις θῇ τήν ψυχήν αὐτοῦ ὑπέρ φίλου αὐτοῦ.
(ιγ΄) Ὁ μέν τῆς φύσεως νόμος ἐστίν, ἵνα συνελών εἴπω, λόγος φυσικός, τήν αἴσθησιν λαβών ὑποχείριον, πρός ἀφαίρεσιν τῆς ἀλογίας· καθ᾿ ἥν τῶν φυσικῶς συνημμένων ἐστίν ἡ διαίρεσις. Ὁ δέ γραπτός νόμος ἐστί, λόγος φυσικός μετά τήν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν τῆς ἀλογίας ἀφαίρεσιν, προσλαβών καί πόθον πνευματικόν τῆς πρός τό συγγενές ἀλληλουχίας συνεκτικόν. Ὁ δέ τῆς χάριτος νόμος, ὑπέρ φύσιν καθέστηκεν λόγος, πρός θέωσιν ἀτρέπτως τήν φύσιν μεταλλάτων, καί ὡς ἐν εἰκόνι δεικνύς ἀκαταλήπτως τῇ ( φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τό ὑπέρ οὐσίαν καί φύσιν ἀρχέτυπον, καί τήν τοῦ ἀεί εὖ εἶναι διαμονήν παρεχόμενος. (ιδ΄) Τό μέν ἔχειν ὡς ἑαυτόν τόν πλησίον, μόνης ἐστί φροντίσαι τῆς πρός τό εἶναι ζωῆς· ὅπερ φυσικοῦ νόμου καθέστηκε· τό δέ τόν πλησίον ἀγαπᾷν ὡς ἑαυτόν,
καί τῆς πρός τό εὖ εἶναι κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ἐστι προνοεῖσθαι τοῦ πέλας· ὅπερ ὁ γραπτός ἐπιτρέπει νόμος· τό δέ ὑπέρ ἑαυτόν ἀγαπῆσαι τόν πλησίον, τοῦ νόμου τῆς χάριτός ἐστιν ἰδιαίτατον.
For there is no greater love than this, he says, that one lay down his own soul for his friend.
(13) The law of nature is, to put it concisely, the natural principle which, having taken sensation as its handmaid, aims at the removal of unreason—the unreason through which the division of things naturally united comes about. The written law is the natural principle, after the removal of unreason in accordance with sensation, which has also received a spiritual longing that holds together the mutual cohesion of kindred things. The law of grace is a principle above nature, changing nature without turning it aside toward deification, and showing in an image, incomprehensibly, to the nature of human beings the archetype that is beyond essence and nature, and providing the permanence of always being well. (14) To regard one's neighbor as oneself belongs to caring only for the life that pertains to being—which is a matter of the natural law. To love one's neighbor as oneself, and to provide for one's neighbor's well-being in accordance with virtue—this is what the written law enjoins. But to love one's neighbor beyond oneself is most proper to the law of grace.
(ιε΄) Ὁ κωλυόμενος τῶν πρός ἡδονήν σώματος ἀφορμῶν, μανθάνει Προνοίας λόγους, ἐπεχούσης τήν ἐξαπτικήν ὕλην τῶν παθῶν· ὁ δέ τάς πρός ὀδύνην σώματος δεχόμενος μάστιγας, διδάσκεται κρίσεως λόγους, προλαβόντων μολυσμῶν ἀκουσίοις πόνοις αὐτόν ἐκκαθαιρούσης.
(ιστ΄) Εἰ τόν προφήτην διά τήν σκηνήν καί τήν κολόκυνθαν λυπούμενον, λέγω δέ τήν σάρκα καί τήν τῆς σαρκός ἡδονήν, τῆς δέ Νινευΐ τόν Θεόν ἀντεχόμενον ἀντεισήγαγεν ὁ τῆς Γραφῆς λόγος, δῆλον ὡς τῶν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τιμίων καί ἐπεράστων, τόδε τῷ Θεῷ φανέν προσφιλές, πάντων τῶν ὄντων πολλῷ κρεῖττόν ἐστι καί τιμιώτερον, ἤπουγε [ ὅπου γε] τῶν οὐκ ὄντων, καί μόνῃ προλήψει κατ᾿ ἐσφαλμένην κρίσιν εἶναι δοκούντων, ὧν οὐδείς τό παράπαν ἐστί κατά τήν ὕπαρξιν λόγος· μόνη δέ φαντασία τόν νοῦν φενακίζουσα, καί σχῆμα τοῖς οὐκ οὖσι διάκενον, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὑπόστασιν τῷ πάθει παρεχομένη.
(ιζ΄) Ἡ μέν ἀκριβής γνῶσις τῶν λογίων τοῦ Πνεύματος, ( μόνοις ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι πέφυκε τοῖς ἀξίοις τοῦ Πνεύματος· οἵ διά πολλήν τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐπιμέλειαν, τῆς τῶν παθῶν αἰθάλης τόν νοῦν ἐκκαθάραντες, ἐσόπτρου δίκην καθαροῦ καί διαυγοῦς, ἅμα τῇ προσβολῇ, καθάπερ πρόσωπον ἐντυπουμένην αὐτοῖς καί ἐμπίπτουσαν τήν τῶν θείων δέχονται γνῶσιν. Οἷς δέ ταῖς τῶν παθῶν κηλῖσιν ὁ βίος κατέστικται, μόλις κἄν ἐξ εἰκότων τινῶν στοχασμῶν τεκμηριῶσαι τήν τῶν θείων γνῶσίν ἐστι δυνατόν, μή ὅτι γε νοῆσαί τε καί φράσαι ταύτην δι᾿ ἀκριβείας ἀπαυθαδίζεσθαι.
(15) He who is hindered from the bodily impulses that lead to pleasure learns the principles of Providence, which restrains the attractive material of the passions; but he who receives the scourges of the body that lead to pain is taught the principles of judgment, which purifies him by involuntary pains after defilements have come first.
(16) If the word of Scripture sets before us the prophet grieving over the gourd and the booth—I mean the flesh and the pleasure of the flesh—but clinging to God rather than to Nineveh, it is clear that this thing which appeared dear to God is far better and more honorable than all the things that are honored and desired by men—let alone the things that are not, and that seem to exist only by preconception and by an erroneous judgment, of which there is no principle of existence at all; but only imagination deceiving the mind, and an empty shape given to things that are not, but not a substance, to the passion.
(17) The exact knowledge of the oracles of the Spirit is naturally revealed only to those who are worthy of the Spirit; these, having purified their mind from the soot of the passions through great diligence in the virtues, like a clean and translucent mirror, receive the knowledge of divine things impressed and falling upon them, as it were a face, at the very moment of contact. But for those whose life is spotted with the stains of the passions, it is possible, if barely, to infer the knowledge of divine things from certain probable conjectures, but not to insist on understanding and expressing it with precision.
(ιη΄) Ὁ τοῦ νοῦ μορφήν τήν ἐξ ἀρετῶν ἐν Πνεύματι θείῳ δεξάμενος γνῶσιν, τά θεῖα λέγεται παθεῖν, ὅτι μή φύσει κατά τήν ὕπαρξιν, ἀλλά χάριτι κατά τήν μέθεξιν, ταύτην προσέλαβεν. Ὁ δέ τήν ἐκ χάριτος μή δεξάμενος γνῶσιν, κἄν λέγῃ τι γνωστικόν, οὐκ οἶδε κατά πείραν τοῦ λεγομένου τήν δύναμιν. Ψιλή γάρ μάθησις, τήν καθ᾿ ἕξιν γνῶσιν οὐ δίδωσι.
(ιθ΄) Νοῦς εἰς ἄκρον διά τῶν ἀρετῶν καθαιρόμενος, τούς τῶν ἀρετῶν πέφυκεν εἰκότως ἐκδιδάσκεσθαι λόγους, τήν ἐξ αὐτῶν θειωδῶς χαρακτηρισθεῖσαν γνῶσιν οἰκεῖον ποιούμενος πρόσωπον. Καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν γάρ ἀνείδεός τε καί ἀχαρακτήριστος πᾶς καθέστηκε νοῦς, μορφήν ἔχων ἐπίκτητον, ἤ τήν ἐκ τῶν ἀρετῶν ὑποστᾶσαν ἐν πνεύματι γνῶσιν, ἤ τήν ἐκ τῶν παθῶν ἐπισυμβαίνουσαν ἄγνοιαν. (κ΄) Πᾶς ὁ τῆς θείας ἐκπεπτωκώς ἀγάπης, τόν ἐν τῇ σαρκί νόμον ἔχει διά τῆς ἡδονῆς βασιλεύοντα, τόν μηδεμίαν θείαν ἐντολήν φυλάξαι δυνάμενον ἤ βουλόμενον. Τῆς γάρ ἐν πνεύματι Θεοῦ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν διεξαγομένης ζωῆς τε καί βασιλείας, προτιμήσας τήν φιλήδονον ζωήν, τήν ἄγνοιαν ἀντί τῆς γνώσεως ἑαυτῷ ἐπεσπάσατο.
(18) He who has received in the Holy Spirit the form of the mind that comes from the virtues, the knowledge, is said to have suffered divine things, because he received this knowledge not by nature in respect of his existence, but by grace in respect of participation. But he who has not received the knowledge that comes from grace, even if he says something gnostic, does not know by experience the power of what is said. For mere learning does not give the knowledge that is according to habit.
(19) The mind that has been purified to the utmost through the virtues naturally, as is reasonable, is taught the principles of the virtues, making its own the knowledge that has been divinely stamped by them, as a familiar person. For every mind in itself is formless and unstamped, having a form acquired, either the knowledge that has subsisted in the Spirit from the virtues, or the ignorance that arises from the passions. (20) Everyone who has fallen away from divine love has the law in the flesh reigning through pleasure, which is able or willing to keep no divine commandment. For when the life and kingdom in the Spirit of God is conducted according to virtue, he who has preferred the pleasure-loving life has drawn ignorance upon himself instead of knowledge.
(κα΄) Ὁ μή διαβαίνων κατά νοῦν πρός τήν ἔνδον ἐν πνεύματι τοῦ νομικοῦ γράμματος θείαν εὐπρέπειαν, τήν τῆς γνώμης φιλήδονον ( σχέσιν, ἤγουν τήν κοσμικήν προσπάθειαν καί φιλοκοσμίαν γεννᾷν πέφυκεν, ἐκ τῆς κατά μόνην τήν ἐν λόγῳ τοῦ νόμου μαθήσεως προφοράν. (κβ΄) Αἰσχύνη στόματός ἐστιν, ἡ κατά νοῦν φιλόκοσμος μελέτη τῶν λογισμῶν καί φιλοσώματος. Ἐν ᾧ γάρ ὁ κόσμος ἐκ τῆς ἐμφαινομένης τῷ γράμματι τοῦ νόμου σωματικῆς διαπλάσεως, κατά τήν γνωμικήν σχέσιν γεννᾶσθαι πέφυκεν· ἤγουν, ἡ τόν κόσμον φιλοῦσα διάθεσις, καί ἡ κατά νοῦν φιλήδονος μελέτη τῶν λογισμῶν. Πρός ὅ γάρ σχετικῶς διακείμεθα, πρός ἐκεῖνο καί κατά νοῦν μελέτην κεκτήμεθα.
(κγ΄) Ἤ πάλιν αἰσχύνη στόματός ἐστιν, ἡ τοῖς πάθεσιν εἶδος ἐπάγουσα, καί τό καθ᾿ ἡδονήν πρός αἴσθησιν διαπλάττουσα κάλλος, τοῦ νοῦ κίνησις. Χωρίς γάρ τῆς κατά νοῦν ἐπινοητικῆς δυνάμεως, πρός διάπλασιν μορφῆς, οὐδαμῶς πάθος ἄγεται. Ἤ ἀνάθημά ἐστι, καί ἡ πρόσυλος καί ἀκαλλής τῶν παθῶν καί ἀδιατύπωτος κίνησις· αἰσχύνη δέ στόματος, ἡ τό πάθος εἰδοποιοῦσα πρός αἴσθησιν τοῦ νοῦ κίνησις, καί ταῖς ἐπινοίαις ὕλην ἁρμόδιον τῷ πάθει πορίζουσα. (κδ΄) Ὁ διά τρυφήν σωματικήν καί ἀνάπαυσιν τάς θυσίας καί τάς ἑορτάς, τά τε Σάββατα καί τάς νεομηνίας κατά τόν νόμον τόν Θεόν διατεταχέναι πιστεύων, πάντη τε καί πάντως, ὑπό τήν ἐνοχήν γενήσεται τῆς τῶν παθῶν ἐνεργείας, καί τήν αἰσχύνην τῆς τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐταῖς αἰσχρῶν λογισμῶν ῥυπαρίας· ὑπό τε τόν φθειρόμενον ἔσται κόσμον, καί τήν ἐν λογισμοῖς φιλοσώματον μελέτην· ὑπό τε τήν ὕλην τῶν φθειρομένων τίμιον ἔχειν δυνάμενος.
(21) He who does not pass in mind to the inner divine beauty of the legal letter in the Spirit—that beauty which by nature gives birth to the pleasure-loving disposition of the will, that is, to worldly attachment and love of the world—[does not pass] from the mere utterance that comes from learning the law in word alone. (22) The shame of the mouth is the world-loving and body-loving meditation of thoughts in the mind. For in it the world, from the bodily formation appearing in the letter of the law, is by nature born according to the disposition of the will—that is, the disposition that loves the world, and the pleasure-loving meditation of thoughts in the mind. For toward that to which we are disposed, toward that we also possess meditation in the mind.
(23) Or again, the shame of the mouth is the movement of the mind that imposes form upon the passions and molds the beauty that is according to pleasure for the senses. For without the inventive power of the mind, passion is in no way led toward the formation of a shape. Or it is a votive offering—the material and uncomely and unformed movement of the passions; but the shame of the mouth is the movement of the mind that gives form to the passion for the senses, and by its conceptions supplies matter suited to the passion. (24) He who believes that God ordained the sacrifices and feasts, the Sabbaths and new moons, according to the law for the sake of bodily luxury and rest, will altogether and in every way come under the guilt of the working of the passions, and under the shame of the filth of the base thoughts that accompany them; and he will be under the corruptible world, and under the body-loving meditation in his thoughts; and he will be able to hold as precious the matter of corruptible things.
(κε΄) Ὁ πεισθείς θείαν εἶναι διαταγήν τό σωματικῶς κατά νόμον τρυφᾷν, τήν γαστριμαργίαν ὡς Θεοῦ δῶρον λαμβάνει ( πρός συμβίωσιν μετά χαρᾶς, ἐξ ἧς γεννᾷ τούς μολύνοντας τῇ παραχρήσει τήν ἐνέργειαν τῶν αἰσθήσεων τρόπους.
(κστ΄) Ἐπειδάν τό θεωρητικόν τῆς ψυχῆς τήν τρυφήν κατά τόν ἐν γράμματι νόμον ὡς θείαν διά τήν ἐντολήν ἀσπάσηται πρός συμβίωσιν, τήν τῶν αἰσθήσεων παρά φύσιν μετέρχεται χρῆσιν, μηδεμιᾶς συγχωροῦν κατά φύσιν διαφαίνεσθαι τήν χρῆσιν τῆς ἐνεργείας. Γεννᾷ γάρ τήν τε τῶν παθῶν ἕξιν καί τήν ἐνέργειαν, καί ὡς θείαν εἰσοικίζεται τήν γαστριμαργίαν, πρός γένεσιν τῶν ῥυπαινόντων τῇ παραχρήσει τάς αἰσθήσεις τρόπων, εἰς ἀναίρεσιν τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι φυσικῶν λόγων τε καί σπερμάτων.
(κζ΄) Οὐδείς μόνῃ προσανέχων τῇ σωματικῇ τοῦ νόμου λατρείᾳ, φυσικόν τό παράπαν δύναιτ᾿ ἄν παραδέξασθαι λόγον ἤ λογισμόν, ὅτι μηδέ πέφυκε ταυτόν εἶναι τῇ φύσει τά σύμβολα. Ὁ γάρ τοῖς συμβόλοις ἐναπομένων τοῦ νόμου, οὐ δύναται κατά λόγον τήν τῶν ὄντων φύσιν ὁρᾷν, καί τούς τεθέντας οὐσιωδῶς ὑπό τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τοῖς οὖσι λόγους περιποιεῖσθαι, διά τό τῶν συμβόλων πρός τήν τῶν ὄντων φύσιν διάφορον.
(25) He who has been persuaded that it is a divine ordinance to live luxuriously in a bodily manner according to the law receives gluttony as a gift of God for living together with joy, from which he begets the ways that defile the activity of the senses by misuse.
(26) Whenever the contemplative faculty of the soul welcomes the luxury according to the written law as divine because of the commandment, for the sake of living together, it pursues the use of the senses contrary to nature, allowing no use of activity according to nature to shine forth. For it begets both the habit of the passions and their activity, and it installs gluttony within itself as something divine, for the generation of the ways that defile the senses by misuse, to the destruction of the natural principles and seeds in created things.
(27) No one who devotes himself to the bodily worship of the law alone could altogether receive a natural principle or thought, since symbols are by nature not the same as the reality. For he who remains in the symbols of the law cannot see the nature of created things according to reason, nor preserve the principles that were essentially established in created things by the Creator, because of the difference between the symbols and the nature of created things.
(κη΄) Ὁ Θεόν τήν κοιλίαν ἡγούμενος, καί ὡς ἐπί δόξῃ τῇ αἰσχύνῃ καλλωπιζόμενος, μόνων οἶδεν ὡς θείων ἀντέχεσθαι διά σπουδῆς τῶν παθῶν τῆς ἀτιμίας· καί διά τοῦτο μόνα περιέπει τά χρονικά, τουτέστι τήν ὕλην καί τό εἶδος, καί τήν κατά παράχρησιν πενταπλῆν ἐνέργειαν τῶν αἰσθήσεων. Τῇ γάρ ὕλῃ καί τῷ εἴδει συμπλακεῖσα κατά μίξιν ἡ αἴσθησις, ἀποτελεῖν μέν πάθος, ἀπεκτείνειν δέ καί ἀναιρεῖν τούς κατά φύσιν πέφυκε λόγους. Πάθος γάρ καί φύσις κατά τόν τοῦ εἶναι λόγον, οὐδαμῶς ἀλλήλοις συνυπάρχουσιν. Οὐ γάρ πέφυκε πάθει ἐμφαίνεσθαι τό παράπαν φύσεως λόγος, ὥσπερ οὔτε φύσει συναποτίκτεσθαι κατά γένεσιν πάθος.
(κθ΄) Ὁ μή πιστεύων τήν Γραφήν εἶναι πνευματικήν, τῆς οἰκείας ( κατά τήν γνῶσιν πενίας οὐκ αἰσθάνεται, ἀλλά λιμῶ διαφθείρεται. Λιμός γάρ ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς, ἔκλειψις τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτήν τήν πεῖραν ἐγνωσμένων ἀγαθῶν, καί ἀπορία καί σπάνις παντελής τῶν τήν ψυχήν συγκρατούντων πνευματικῶν βρωμάτων. Πῶς γάρ λιμόν ἡγήσεταί τις ἤ ζημίαν, τήν τῶν καθάπαξ αὐτῷ μηδαμῶς ἐγνωσμένων ἀφαίρεσιν;
(28) He who regards God as his belly, and adorns himself with shame as though it were glory, knows only how to cling with zeal to the passions of dishonor as though they were divine; and for this reason he cultivates only temporal things—that is, matter and form, and the fivefold activity of the senses in misuse. For the senses, entwined with matter and form in mixture, are naturally disposed to produce passion and to extinguish and destroy the principles according to nature. For passion and nature, in respect of the principle of being, in no way coexist with each other. For the principle of nature is in no way naturally disposed to be manifested in passion, just as passion is not naturally disposed to be begotten together with nature in generation.
(29) He who does not believe that the Scripture is spiritual does not perceive his own poverty in respect of knowledge, but is destroyed by hunger. For hunger is truly the eclipse of the goods known by experience in it, and a complete lack and scarcity of the spiritual foods that sustain the soul. For how will anyone regard as hunger or loss the removal of things that were in no way known to him at all?
(λ΄) Λιμώττει ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας τῶν πιστῶν καί ἐπεγνωκότων τήν ἀλήθειαν ὁ λαός, καί ἡ ψυχή τοῦ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ἀφεμένη τῆς ἐν τῇ χάριτι πνευματικῆς θεωρίας, καί γενομένη τῆς τυπικῆς ἐν τῷ γράμματι δουλείας, μή διατρέφουσα τόν νοῦν ταῖς τῶν νοημάτων μεγαλοφυΐαις, ἀλλά πληροῦσα τήν αἴσθησιν ἐμπαθοῦς φαντασίας, ταῖς σωματικαῖς τῶν Γραφῶν συμβόλων διατυπώσεσι.
(λα΄) Πᾶς ὁ τήν πνευματικήν τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς θεωρίαν μή προσιέμενος, τόν τε φυσικόν ταύτῃ καί τόν γραπτόν κατά τούς Ἰουδαίους συναπώσατο νόμον, καί τόν ἐν τῇ χάριτι νόμον ἠγνόησε, καθ᾿ ὅν δίδοται τοῖς κατ᾿ αὐτόν ἀγομένοις ἡ θέωσις. Ὁ τοίνυν τόν γραπτόν νόμον λαμβάνων σωματικῶς, ἀρεταῖς τήν ψυχήν οὐ διατρέφει· καί ὁ τοῖς λόγοις τῶν ὄντων οὐκ ἐπιβάλλων, τῇ ποικίλῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφίᾳ τόν νοῦν οὐχ ἑστιᾷ φιλοτίμως· καί ὁ τό μέγα τῆς καινῆς χάριτος μή γινώσκων μυστήριον, τῇ ἐλπίδι τῆς μελλούσης θεώσεως οὐκ ἀγάλλεται. Οὐκοῦν ἡ ἔλλειψις τῆς κατά τόν γραπτόν νόμον θεωρίας, ἔχει παρεπομένην αὐτῇ τήν ἔνδειαν τῆς κατά τόν φυσικόν νόμον νοουμένης ποικίλης σοφίας τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐφεπομένην ἔχουσαν τῆς κατά τό καινόν μυστήριον χάριτι δοθησομένης θεώσεως πάντως τήν ἄγνοιαν. (λβ΄) Πᾶς νοῦς κατά Χριστόν διορατικός καί ἰσχυρός ὁράσει, ἀεί ἐφίεται καί ζητεῖ τό πρόσωπον Κυρίου. Πρόσωπον δέ Κυρίου ( καθέστηκεν, ἡ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν τῶν θείων ἀληθής θεωρία, καί γνῶσις, ἥν ζητῶν, διδάσκεται τήν αἰτίαν τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτόν ἐνδείας καί ἀπορίας. Ὥσπερ γάρ τό πρόσωπον χαρακτηριστικόν ἐστι τοῦ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον, οὕτω καί ἡ πνευματική γνῶσις ἐμφαντικῶς χαρακτηρίζει τό θεῖον.
(29) The people of the faithful who have known the truth hunger for the truth, and the soul of each person, having abandoned the spiritual contemplation that is in grace and having become a slave to the typical servitude in the letter, does not feed the mind on the noble grandeur of the meanings but fills the senses with passionate imagination through the bodily representations of the symbols of the Scriptures.
(30) Everyone who does not accept the spiritual contemplation of Holy Scripture has joined together with it both the natural law and the written law according to the Jews, and has ignored the law that is in grace, according to which deification is given to those who are led by it. Therefore, he who takes the written law bodily does not feed his soul with virtues; and he who does not apply himself to the principles of beings does not generously feast his mind on the varied wisdom of God; and he who does not know the great mystery of the new grace does not exult in the hope of the coming deification. Consequently, the lack of contemplation according to the written law has following upon it the deficiency of the varied wisdom of God that is understood according to the natural law, and this in turn has altogether the ignorance of the deification that will be given by grace according to the new mystery. (31) Every mind that is clear-sighted in Christ and strong in vision always desires and seeks the face of the Lord. And the face of the Lord is the true contemplation and knowledge of divine things according to virtue, which, as he seeks it, he is taught the cause of his own deficiency and perplexity. For just as the face is characteristic of each individual, so too spiritual knowledge distinctively marks out the divine.
Ἥν ὁ ζητῶν, λέγεται ζητεῖν τό πρόσωπον Κυρίου. Ὁ δέ κατασαρκούμενος κατά τό γράμμα τοῦ νόμου ταῖς ἐναίμοις θυσίαις, ποθουμένην ἄγνοιαν ἔχει, πρός μόνην σαρκός ἡδονήν ἐντολήν ἐκδεχόμενος, καί μόνης κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἀντεχόμενος σωματικῶς τῆς ὕλης τοῦ γράμματος.
(λγ΄) Ὁ μέν σωματικῶς κατά τόν νόμον λατρεύων, καθάπερ ὕλην γεννᾷ τήν κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν ἁμαρτίαν, καί ὡς εἶδος τήν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ τοῦ νοῦ συγκατάθεσιν ταῖς προσφόροις ἡδοναῖς τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὑλικῶς διαπλάττεται. Ὁ δέ πνευματικῶς τήν Γραφήν ἐκδεχόμενος, ὡς μέν ὕλην τήν ἐνέργειαν, ὡς εἶδος δέ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τήν συγκατάθεσιν, μετά τῶν κατά παράχρησιν πρός ἡδονήν τῆς αἰσθήσεως τρόπων θανατοῖ, διά τῶν φυσικῶν λογισμῶν ἐν τῷ ὕψει τῆςθεωρίας. (λδ΄) Τήν ὕλην καί τό εἶδος, καί τούς περί τήν ὕλην καί τό εἶδος κατά παράχρησιν πέντε τρόπους τῶν πέντε αἰσθήσεων· λέγω δέ τήν ἐμπαθῆ τε καί παρά φύσιν πρός τά αἰσθητά τῶν αἰσθήσεων συμπλοκήν, ἤγουν τά ὑπό χρόνον καί ῥεῦσιν, μετά τήν πάροδον τῆς ἐν νόμῳ κατά τό γράμμα σωματικῆς λατρείας, καί τήν τῆς ἀγνοίας διάβασιν, παραδίδωσι θανατωθῆναι τοῖς κατά φυσικήν θεωρίαν ὑψηλοτέροις λόγοις καί λογισμοῖς, ὁ πνευματικός νόμος, ἤ νοῦς· τήν ἐν τοῖς συμβόλοις πρός αἴσθησιν καί σῶμα καθολικωτάτην τῶν ὑπό χρόνον σχέσιν, ἀφανίσαι καί θανατῶσαι, κατά τό ὕψος γινομένοις τοῦ νόμου τῆς πνευματικῆς θεωρίας.
He who seeks it is said to seek the face of the Lord. But he who lives according to the flesh, according to the letter of the law, in bloody sacrifices, has ignorance as his object of desire, receiving the commandment only for the pleasure of the flesh, and clinging bodily, by sense perception alone, to the mere matter of the letter.
(33) He who serves the law bodily begets, as it were, matter—sin in its activity—and as a form he molds, materially, the mind's consent to it through the pleasurable sensations proper to the senses. But he who receives the Scripture spiritually puts to death both the activity as matter and the consent as the form of sin, together with the modes of misuse directed toward the pleasure of sense, through natural thoughts in the height of contemplation. (34) The matter and the form, and the five modes of misuse concerning matter and form belonging to the five senses—I mean the passionate and contrary-to-nature entanglement of the senses with sensible things, that is, the things subject to time and flux—after the passing away of the bodily service according to the letter in the law, and the crossing over of ignorance, the spiritual law, or the mind, hands over to be put to death by the higher principles and thoughts of natural contemplation, so as to abolish and put to death, by those who come to be in the height of the law of spiritual contemplation, the most universal relation to sense and body that exists in symbols among things subject to time.
(λε΄) Χωρίς φυσικῆς θεωρίας, οὐδείς τήν πρός τά θεῖα τῶν νομικῶν συμβόλων ἀπέμφασιν διαγινώσκει. Εἰ γάρ μή φυσικῶς ( πρότερόν τις τήν ἐν τοῖς συμβόλοις τῶν θείων καί νοητῶν διασκοπήσας ἀπέμφασιν, ἐλθεῖν ποθήσει κατά νοῦν, ἔξω παντελῶς τῶν θείων ἀδύτων τήν αἴσθησιν θέμενος, πρός τήν τῶν νοητῶν εὐπρέπειαν, τῆς ἐν τοῖς τύποις ἀπολυθῆναι καθάπαξ οὐ δύναται σωματικῆς ποικιλίας· καθ᾿ ἥν ἕως βέβηκε τοῦ γράμματος ἀντεχόμενος, τήν ἐκ τοῦ λιμοῦ τῆς γνώσεως εἰκότως ἀπορίαν οὐ παραμυθεῖται τῆς Γραφῆς τήν γῆν, ἤγουν τό σῶμα, κατά τόν ἀπατηλόν ὄφιν ἐσθίειν ἑαυτόν καταδικάσας· ἀλλ᾿ οὐ κατά Χριστόν, τόν οὐρανόν, ἤγουν τῆς Γραφῆς τό πνεῦμα καί τήν ψυχήν, τουτέστι τόν οὐράνιον καί ἀγγελικόν ἄρτον· λέγω δέ, τήν ἐν Χριστῷ τῶν Γραφῶν πνευματικήν θεωρίαν καί γνῶσιν βρωματιζόμενος, ἥν δίδωσι δαψιλῶς ἐπιχορηγουμένην τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν Θεός, κατά τό γεγραμμένον, Ἄρτον οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, ἄρτον ἀγγέλων ἔφαγεν ἄνθρωπος.
(35) Without natural contemplation, no one recognizes the incongruity of the legal symbols in relation to divine things. For unless a person has first contemplated in a natural way the incongruity of the divine and intelligible things contained in the symbols, and then desires to come to them in mind, setting sense entirely outside the divine sanctuaries, he cannot be wholly released from the bodily variety of the types, toward the comeliness of the intelligible things. While he remains in that variety, clinging to the letter, he does not, as is reasonable, find relief from the perplexity that comes from hunger for knowledge, having condemned himself, like the deceitful serpent, to eat the earth of Scripture, that is, the body. But not so according to Christ, the heaven, that is, the spirit and the soul of Scripture—that is, the heavenly and angelic bread. I mean, he is fed on the spiritual contemplation and knowledge of the Scriptures in Christ, which God gives in abundance, richly supplied to those who love him, as it is written: He gave them bread from heaven; man ate the bread of angels.
(λστ΄) Χρή τήν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν πρός σῶμα τῆς Γραφῆς ἐκδοχήν, ὡς παθῶν προδήλως καί τῆς πρός τά χρονικά καί ῥέοντα σχετικῆς διαθέσεως οὖσαν
γεννητικήν, ἤγουν τῆς πρός τά αἰσθητά τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐμπαθοῦς ἐνεργείας, ὡς Σαούλ τέκνα καί ἔκγονα, διά τῆς φυσικῆς ἐν ὄρει, τῇ τῶν θείων ἀναγωγῇ λογίων ἀφανίσαι θεωρίας, εἴ πως ἐμφορηθῆναι θείας ἐφιέμεθα χάριτος. (λζ΄) Ἀδικεῖ τήν ἀλήθειαν ὅ τε νόμος κατά μόνον τό γράμμα νοούμενος, καί ὁ τῶν Ἰουδαίων λαός, καί εἴ τις ἐκείνων ὑπάρχει κατά διάνοιαν μιμητής, μόνῳ τῷ γράμματι περιγράφων τοῦ νόμου τήν δύναμιν, καί μή δεχόμενος πρός τήν φανέρωσιν τῆς μυστικῆς ἐγκεκρυμμένης τῷ γράμματι γνώσεως τήν φυσικήν θεωρίαν, μέσην ὑπάρχουσαν τύπων καί ἀληθείας· τῶν μέν, τούς ἀγομένους ἀπάγουσαν, πρός δέ τήν ἐπανάγουσαν· ἀλλ᾿ οἷον ταύτην πάμπαν ἀρνούμενος, καί τῆς τῶν θείων αὐτήν ἔξω ποιούμενος μυσταγωγίας. Ταύτην τοιγαροῦν χρή τοῦ νόμου τήν ( σωματικήν καί πρόσκαιρον ἐκδοχήν ὡς ὑπό χρόνον καί ῥέουσαν, ἀποκτείνειν διά τήν φυσικῆς θεωρίας, ὡς ἐν ὄρει τῷ ὕψει τῆς γνώσεως, τούς τῶν θείων ἐπιμελητάς θεαμάτων.
(36) One must destroy the literal, sense-based interpretation of Scripture that pertains to the body, since it is plainly productive of passions and of the relative disposition toward things temporal and fleeting—that is, of the passionate activity of the senses toward sensible things—as Saul destroyed the children and offspring, through natural contemplation on the mountain, by the ascent of the divine oracles, if indeed we desire to be filled with divine grace. (37) Both the law understood according to the letter alone and the people of the Jews do wrong to the truth, and so does anyone who is their imitator in thought, confining the power of the law to the letter alone and not accepting, for the manifestation of the mystical knowledge hidden in the letter, natural contemplation, which stands midway between types and truth—leading those who are led away from the former and toward the latter that leads back up; but rather, as it were, denying it altogether and placing it outside the mystical initiation into divine things. This bodily and temporary interpretation of the law, then, as being under time and fleeting, one must put to death through natural contemplation, as on the mountain—in the height of knowledge—the guardians of divine visions.
(λη΄) Τόν σωματικόν νοῦν τῆς Γραφῆς ἀφανίζει παντελῶς, ὁ πράξει διά τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας ἀποκτείνων τήν γενομένην ἐκ τοῦ γραπτοῦ νόμου, πρός τήν ἄστατον ὕλην καί ῥέουσαν τῇ ψυχῇ φιλήδονον σχέσιν καί φιλοσώματον, κατασφάττων ὡς τέκνα τοῦ Σαούλ καί ἔκγονα, τήν χαμαίζηλον τοῦ νόμου διάνοιαν, διά μέσης τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας, ὡς ἐν ὄρει τῷ ὕψει τῆς γνώσεως, καί φανεράν ποιούμενος ἐνώπιον Κυρίου, δι᾿ ἐξομολογήσεως δηλαδή, τήν πρός σῶμα τοῦ νόμου προτέραν ἐκδοχήν. Τοῦτο γάρ τό, Ἐξηλιάσαι, νοεῖσθαι δύναται τοῖς φιλομαθέσιν, ἔναντι Κυρίου. Καί ἐξηλίασαν αὐτούς, φησίν, ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἔναντι Κυρίου· εἰς φῶς ἀγαγόντες, διά τῆς γνώσεως δηλαδή, τήν κατά τό γράμμα πεπλανημένην πρόληψιν· ὅπερ ἐστί, φανερῶσαι κατά τό ὕψος τῆς θεωρίας τό γράμμα τοῦ νόμου νεκρόν διά τῆς ἐν πνεύματι γνώσεως.
(λθ΄) Τό γράμμα, φησίν, ἀποκτείνει· τό δέ πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ. Διό χρή τό ἀποκτείνειν πεφυκός, ἀποκτείνεσθαι πνεύματι ζωοποιῷ. Συνυπάρχειν γάρ ἀλλήλοις κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν ἅμα κατά τό αὐτό τό σωματικόν τοῦ νόμου καί τό θεῖον, ἤγουν τό γράμμα καί τό πνεῦμα, παντελῶς ἀμήχανον· ὅτι μηδέ συμφωνεῖν πέφυκε τῷ παρεχομένῳ κατά φύσιν ζωήν, τό ταύτην ἀφαιρεῖσθαι δυνάμενον. (μ΄) Τό μέν πνεῦμα, ζωῆς ὑπάρχει παρεκτικόν· τό δέ γράμμα, ζωῆς ἐστιν ἀφαιρετικόν. Οὐκοῦν οὐ δύναται καί τό γράμμα πράττειν κατά τό αὐτό καί τό πνεῦμα, ὥσπερ οὐδέ τό ζωοποιόν τῷ φθοροποιῷ συνυπάρχειν. (μα΄) Περιτομή ἐστι μυστική, τῆς ἐμπαθοῦς κατά νοῦν περί ( τήν ἐπείσακτον γένεσιν σχέσεως, παντελής περιαίρεσις.
(38) The one who, through practice, by means of natural contemplation puts to death the pleasure-loving and body-loving disposition toward unstable and flowing matter that was born from the written law—slaying it as the children and offspring of Saul—completely destroys the bodily sense of Scripture, cutting down the earthly-minded meaning of the law through the midst of natural contemplation, as on a mountain in the height of knowledge, and making manifest before the Lord—that is, through confession—the former understanding of the law according to the body. For this, "to expose," can be understood by those who love learning as "before the Lord." And "they exposed them," it says, "on the mountain before the Lord," bringing into the light, that is through knowledge, the erroneous preconception according to the letter; which means to make manifest, at the height of contemplation, that the letter of the law is dead through the knowledge in the Spirit.
(39) "The letter," it says, "kills; but the Spirit gives life." Therefore it is necessary that what is by nature killing be killed by the life-giving Spirit. For it is altogether impossible for the bodily element of the law and the divine—that is, the letter and the Spirit—to coexist in activity at the same time and in the same respect; since it is not in its nature to be in harmony with what provides life according to nature, namely that which is able to take it away. (40) The Spirit is a bestower of life; but the letter is a taker of life. Therefore the letter cannot act at the same time and in the same respect as the Spirit, just as the life-giving cannot coexist with the corrupting. (41) There is a mystical circumcision: the complete removal of the passible disposition of the mind concerning the introduced generation.
Φυσικῶς γάρ ἐπιβάλλοντες τοῖς πράγμασιν, οἴδαμεν ὡς οὐκ ἔστι τελειότης ἡ τῆς ἐκ Θεοῦ κατά φύσιν ἀρτιότητος περιαίρεσις. Οὐ γάρ ποιεῖ τελειότητα φύσις διά τέχνης κολοβουμένη, καί διά περινοίας, ἀποτιθεμένη τό προσόν αὐτῇ θεόθεν κατά λόγον δημιουργίας, ἵνα μή τήν τέχνην, Θεοῦ πρός βεβαίωσιν δικαιοσύνης ἰσχυροτέραν εἰσάγωμεν, καί τήν περινενοημένην τῆς φύσεως ἔλλειψιν, ἀναπληρωτικήν ποιώμεθα τῆς ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κατά δημιουργίαν ἐλλείψεως· ἀλλ᾿ ἐκ τῆς τοπικῆς τοῦ περιτεμνομένου μορίου θέσεως, διδασκόμεθα ποιεῖσθαι γνωμικῶς τήν περιτομήν τῆς κατά ψυχήν ἐμπαθοῦς διαθέσεως· καθ᾿ ἥν μᾶλλον τῇ φύσει συντρέχειν ἡ γνώμη ῥυθμίζεται, τόν ἐμπαθῆ τῆς ἐπικτήτου γενέσεως νόμον διορθουμένη. (μβ΄) Φυσικόν ἡ ἀκροβυστία. Πᾶν δέ φυσικόν, θείας ἔργον δημιουργίας ἐστί, καί λίαν καλόν, κατά τήν φάσκουσαν φωνήν· Καί εἶδεν ὁ Θεός πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησε, καί ἰδού καλά λίαν. Ὁ δέ νόμος ὡς ἀκάθαρτον περιαιρεῖσθαι κελεύων τήν ἀκροβυστίαν διά περιτομῆς, τόν Θεόν εἰσάγει, διά τέχνης τό οἰκεῖον διορθούμενον ἔργον, ὅπερ κἄν ἐννοεῖν ἀσεβέστατον. Οὐκοῦν ὁ τοῖς συμβόλοις τοῦ νόμου φυσικῶς ἐπιβάλλων, οἶδεν ὡς οὐ τήν φύσιν ὁ Θεός διορθοῦται διά τέχνης, ἀλλά τό ἐπιπειθές
For when we apply ourselves to things in a natural way, we know that perfection is not the removal of the natural integrity that comes from God. For nature does not produce perfection when it is curtailed by art and, by cleverness, sets aside what belongs to it from God according to the principle of creation—lest we introduce art as stronger than God for the confirmation of righteousness, and make the cleverly devised deficiency of nature a supplement for the deficiency in righteousness according to creation. But from the local position of the member that is circumcised, we are taught to perform the circumcision of the passionate disposition in the soul by deliberate choice, in accordance with which the judgment is rather regulated to concur with nature, correcting the passionate law of acquired generation. (42) The foreskin is natural. But everything natural is the work of divine creation, and exceedingly good, according to the voice that says: "And God saw all things that he had made, and behold, they were exceedingly good." But the law, commanding the foreskin to be removed as unclean through circumcision, introduces God as correcting his own work by art—which it is most impious even to conceive. Therefore the one who applies himself to the symbols of the law in a natural way knows that God does not correct nature by art, but the obedient
λόγῳ τῆς ψυχῆς παθητικόν περιτέμνεσθαι κελεύει, τό διά τοῦ σωματικοῦ μορίου τυπικῶς δηλούμενον, ὅπερ γνῶσις διά τῆς κατά πρᾶξιν ἀνδρείας, τῆς γνώμης ἀποτίθεσθαι πέφυκεν. Ὁ γάρ περιτέμνων ἱερεύς, σημαίνει τήν γνῶσιν, τήν ἔχουσαν καθάπερ σίδηρον κατά τοῦ πάθους, τήν τοῦ λόγου κατά τήν πρᾶξιν ἀνδρείαν. Ἀφανίζεται γάρ ἡ τοῦ νόμου παράδοσις, πλεονεκτοῦντος τό γράμμα τοῦ πνεύματος. (μγ΄) Τό Σάββατον, παθῶν ἐστι καί τῆς περί τήν φύσιν τῶν ὄντων τοῦ νοῦ κινήσεως ἀνάπαυσις· ἤ τελεία παθῶν ἀπραξία, ( καί τῆς περί τά πεποιημένα καθολική τοῦ νοῦ παύλα κινήσεως, καί πρός τό Θεῖον τελεία διάβασις· ἐν ᾧ τόν δι᾿ ἀρετῆς καί γνώσεως κατά τό θεμιτόν ἀφικόμενον, οὐ δεῖ καθάπερ ξύλα τήν οἱανοῦν παντελῶς ὕλην ἐξαπτικήν ἐνθυμεῖσθαι παθῶν, οὔτε μήν φύσεως τό παράπαν ἀναλέγεσθαι λόγους, ἵνα μή πάθεσιν ἡδόμενον, ἤ φύσεως ὅροις μετρούμενον, κατά τούς Ἕλληνας τόν Θεόν δογματίζωμεν· ὅνπερ ἡ τελεία μόνη κέκραγε σιγή, καί ἡ παντελής καθ᾿ ὑπεροχήν ἀγνωσία παρίστησι. (μδ΄) Στέφανός ἐστι χρηστότητος, πίστις καθαρά, λίθων τιμίων δίκην ταῖς τῶν δογμάτων ὑψηγορίαις, καί λόγοις διηνθισμένη πνευματικοῖς καί νοήμασι, τόν θεοφιλῆ καθάπερ διασφίγγουσα νοῦν. Ἤ μᾶλλον στέφανος χρηστότητός ἐστιν, αὐτός ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, ὁ τῇ ποικιλίᾳ τῶν κατά πρόνοιαν καί κρίσιν τρόπων, ἤγουν ἐγκρατείᾳ τῶν ἑκουσίων, καί ὑπομονῇ τῶν ἀκουσίων παθῶν, ὡς κεφαλήν τόν νοῦν περιγράφων, καί τῇ μετοχῇ τῆς κατά θέωσιν χάριτος αὐτόν ἑαυτοῦ τόν νοῦν ποιῶν ὡραιότερον.
He commands that the passible element of the soul be cut away by reason, which is typified by the bodily member, namely the knowledge that is naturally disposed to be set aside through courage in action, by the disposition of the will. For the priest who circumcises signifies knowledge, which has, as it were, iron against the passion—the courage of reason in action. For the tradition of the law disappears, since the letter prevails over the spirit. (43) The Sabbath is the rest of the soul from passions and from the mind's movement concerning the nature of beings; or it is the complete cessation of passions, and the universal pause of the mind's movement concerning created things, and the perfect passage to the Divine; in which, when one has arrived by virtue and knowledge in accordance with what is lawful, one must not think of any material whatsoever that kindles passions, as it were wood, nor indeed gather up the principles of nature at all, lest, taking pleasure in passions or being measured by the boundaries of nature, we dogmatize about God in the manner of the Greeks—God whom only perfect silence has proclaimed, and whom complete ignorance by way of transcendence presents. (44) A crown of goodness is pure faith, adorned like precious stones with the lofty utterances of doctrines and with spiritual words and thoughts, binding together, as it were, the God-loving mind. Or rather, the crown of goodness is the Word of God himself, who by the variety of his ways in providence and judgment—that is, by self-control over voluntary passions and endurance of involuntary ones—encircles the mind as a head, and by participation in the grace of deification makes the mind itself more beautiful than itself.
(με΄) Ἐνταῦθα τήν ἐγκράτειαν, ἔργον εἶναι λέγει τῆς Προνοίας, ὡς τῶν γνωμικῶν καθαρτικήν παθῶν· τήν ὑπομονήν δέ, τῆς κρίσεως εἶναι κατόρθωμά φησιν, ὡς τοῖς ἀκουσίοις ἀντιτασσομένην πειρασμοῖς, καί τῆς πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας ὑπάρχουσαν σύμβολον· πρός ἀρετήν, ὡς ἀπ᾿ Αἰγύπτου τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τούς ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς κρατουμένους διαβιβάζουσαν.
(μστ΄) Οὐ τάς ἡμέρας τιμᾶσθαι θέλων ὁ Θεός ὑπό τῶν ἀνθρώπων, προσέταξε τιμηθῆναι τό τε Σάββατον, καί τάς νεομηνίας, καί τάς ἑορτάς· οὕτω γάρ ἄν λατρεύειν τῇ κτίσει παρά τόν κτίσαντα κατά νόμου ἐντολήν ἐδογμάτισεν, οἰομένους σεπτάς εἶναι φύσει ( τάς ἡμέρας, καί διά τοῦτο προσκυνητάς· ἀλλ᾿ ἑαυτόν τιμᾶσθαι συμβολικῶς διά τῶν ἡμερῶν παρεδήλωσεν. Αὐτός γάρ ἐστι Σάββατον μέν, ὡς τῶν ἐν σαρκί τῆς ψυχῆς μόχθων ἀνάπαυσις, καί τῶν κατά δικαιοσύνην πόνων κατάπαυσις. Πάσχα δέ, ὡς ἐλευθερωτής τῶν τῇ πικρᾷ δουλείᾳ κεκρατημένων τῆς ἁμαρτίας· Πεντηκοστή δέ, ὡς ἀπαρχή καί τέλος τῶν ὄντων, καί λόγος, ᾧ τά πάντα φύσει συνέστηκε. Σκόπει δέ πῶς ὁ νόμος ἀπόλλυσι τούς νοοῦντας αὐτόν σωματικῶς, τῇ κτίσει λατρεύειν παρά τόν Κτίσαντα πείθων, καί ἡγεῖσθαι φύσει σεπτά, τά δι᾿ αὐτούς γεγονότα, τόν δι᾿ ὅν αὐτοί γεγόνασιν ἀγνοήσαντας. (μζ΄) Ὁ μέν κόσμος, τόπος ἐστί πεπερασμένος, καί στάσις περιγεγραμμένη· ὁ δέ χρόνος, περιγραφομένη καθέστηκε κίνησις, ὅθεν καί ἀλλοιωτή τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ καθέστηκεν ἡ κατά τήν ζωήν κίνησις.
(45) Here he says that self-control is a work of Providence, as being purifying of the passions that arise from choice; but endurance, he says, is a right accomplishment of judgment, as being set in opposition to involuntary temptations, and being a symbol of the practical philosophy, conveying those held fast by it across to virtue, as from Egypt, that is, from sin.
(46) God, not wishing the days to be honored by men, commanded that the Sabbath be honored, and the new moons, and the feasts; for in this way he gave as a doctrine, by a legal commandment, that they should serve the creature rather than the Creator, supposing that the days are by nature venerable, and for this reason worthy of worship; but he indicated figuratively that he himself is to be honored through the days. For he himself is the Sabbath, as being the rest of the soul from its labors in the flesh, and the cessation of its toils according to righteousness. And the Passover, as being the liberator of those held fast by the bitter slavery of sin; and Pentecost, as being the firstfruits and the end of things that exist, and the Logos by whom all things by nature consist. But observe how the law destroys those who understand it in a bodily way, persuading them to serve the creature rather than the Creator, and to regard as by nature venerable the things that came to be for their sake, having ignored him through whom they themselves came to be. (47) The world is a bounded place, and a circumscribed standing; but time is a movement that is circumscribed, whence also the movement according to life in it is subject to change.
Ὁπηνίκα δέ τόν τόπον διελθοῦσα καί τόν χρόνον, κατ᾿ ἐνέργειάν τε καί ἔννοιαν ἡ φύσις, ἤγουν τά ὧν οὐκ ἄνευ, τουτέστι τήν πεπερασμένην στάσιν καί κίνησιν, ἀμέσως συναφθῇ τῇ προνοίᾳ, λόγον εὑρίσκει τήν πρόνοιαν, κατά φύσιν ἁπλοῦν τε καί στάσιμον, καί μηδεμίαν ἔχοντα πάντη περιγραφήν, καί διά τοῦτο παντελῶς οὔτε κίνησιν. (μη΄) Ἐν μέν τῷ κόσμῳ ὑπάρχουσα χρονικῶς ἡ φύσις, ἀλλοιωτήν ἔχει τήν κίνησιν, διά τήν τοῦ κόσμου πεπερασμένην στάσιν, καί τήν καθ᾿ ἑτεροίωσιν τοῦ χρόνου φοράν· ἐν δέ τῷ Θεῷ γινομένη, διά τήν φυσικήν τοῦ ἐν ᾧ γέγονε μονάδα, στάσιν ἀκίνητον ἕξει, καί στάσιμον ταυτοκινησίαν, περί τό ταυτόν καί ἕν καί μόνον, ἀϊδίως γινομένην, ἥν οἶδεν ὁ λόγος ἄμεσον εἶναι περί τό πρῶτον αἴτιον, τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ πεποιημένων μόνιμον ἵδρυσιν.
(μθ΄) Μυστήριον ἐστι Πεντηκοστῆς, ἡ πρός τήν Πρόνοιαν ἄμεσος τῶν προνοουμένων ἕνωσις· ἤγουν ἡ πρός τόν λόγον κατά ( τήν τῆς Προνοίας ἐπίνοιαν τῆς φύσεως ἕνωσις, καθ᾿ ἥν οὐδεμία τό παράπαν ἐστί χρόνου καί γενέσεως ἔμφασις. Σάλπιγξ δέ πάλιν ἡμῶν ἐστιν ὁ λόγος, ὡς τάς θείας καί ἀῤῥήτους ἡμῖν ἐνηχούμενος γνώσεις· ἱλασμός δέ, ὡς ἐν ἑαυτῷ τά ἡμέτερα, καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς γενόμενος, διαλύων ἐγκλήματα· καί τῇ δωρεᾷ τῆς χάριτος ἐν πνεύματι, τήν ἁμαρτήσασαν φύσιν θεοποιῶν· σκηνοπηγία δέ, ὡς τῆς ἡμῶν κατά τήν θεομίμητον ἕξιν περί τό καλόν ἀτρεψίας πρᾶξις, καί ὁ τῆς πρός ἀθανασίαν μεταποιήσεως συνεκτικός δεσμός. (ν΄) Ὁ ψιλαῖς ταῖς ἐναίμοις χαίρων θυσίαις, περί τά πάθη σπουδάζειν ὡς ἐμπαθής παρασκευάζει τούς θύοντας.
(45) But when nature, having passed through place and time, in both activity and thought—that is, the things without which it cannot be, namely its limited rest and motion—is directly joined to Providence, it finds Providence to be a principle, simple and stable according to nature, possessing no circumscription whatsoever, and for this reason neither motion at all. (46) Existing in the world temporally, nature has motion subject to change, because of the world's limited rest and the flux of time in its alteration; but when it comes to be in God, because of the natural stability of the unity in which it has come to be, it will possess motionless rest and a stable self-motion, revolving eternally around the same, the one and only, which the principle knows to be directly around the first cause—the abiding establishment of the things made by him.
(49) The mystery of Pentecost is the direct union of the things providentially cared for with Providence; that is, the union of nature with the principle according to the conception of Providence, in which there is no indication at all of time or generation. And the principle is again a trumpet for us, as sounding in us the divine and ineffable knowledges; and a propitiation, as dissolving our accusations in itself, having become according to us; and by the gift of grace in the Spirit, deifying the nature that sinned; and a tabernacle-feast, as the practice of our unswervingness toward the good according to the God-imitating state, and the bond that holds together the transformation to immortality. (50) He who delights in mere bloody sacrifices prepares those who sacrifice to be zealous about the passions, as being himself passionate.
Φιλεῖ γάρ χαίρειν τό γνησίως σέβον, οἷς χαίρει τό προσκυνούμενον. Ὅθεν θυσίας οἶδεν ὁ λόγος, τήν τῶν παθῶν μᾶλλον σφαγήν, καί τήν τῶν φυσικῶν δυνάμεων προσαγωγήν· ὧν, τοῦ μέν λόγου, τύπος ἐστίν ὁ κριός· τοῦ δέ θυμοῦ φέρει σύμβολον ὁ ταῦρος· τῆς δέ ἐπιθυμίας, ἡ αἴξ ὑπάρχει δήλωσις.
(να΄) Θυσίας πνευματικάς καί γινώσκομεν, οὐ μόνον τήν τῶν παθῶν νέκρωσιν σφαττομένων τῇ μαχαίρᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅπερ ἐστί ῥῆμα Θεοῦ, καί πάσης τῆς ἐν σαρκί ζωῆς, ὡς αἵματος τήν κατά πρόθεσιν κίνησιν, ἀλλά καί τῶν κατά φιλοσοφίαν ἠθῶν, καί πασῶν τῶν κατά φύσιν δυνάμεων προσαγωγήν ἀφιερουμένων Θεῷ, καί τῷ πυρί τῆς ἐν Πνεύματι χάριτος πρός τήν θείαν λῆξιν ὁλοκαυτουμένων.
(νβ΄) Ὁ χοϊκός νοῦς τῆς Γραφῆς, κρατῶν τῆς ψυχῆς, τούς φυσικούς ἀποβάλλεται λόγους, τῇ παραχρήσει τῶν κατά φύσιν δυνάμεων αὐτούς ἐξαφανίζων. Οὗτος γάρ ζῶν, ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας συντελεῖ καί διώκει καί ἀπόλλυσι, σαρκί μόνῃ τόν νόμον περιγράφων, τούς κατά φύσιν φημί λόγους καί λογισμούς, τιμῶν ὡς ( θεῖα τά πάθη τῆς ἀτιμίας, ἅπερ οἱ κατά φύσιν λογισμοί, λαμβάνοντες ἄδειαν ὑπό τοῦ νόμου τοῦ πνεύματος, ἀποκτείνουσιν ἐπιταυτό καί θανατοῦσιν. (νγ΄) Ἅμα τις τήν τῶν ἀρετῶν λογικῶς μετέλθοι φιλοσοφίαν, ἅμα καί τήν τῶν Γραφῶν πρός τό πνεῦμα φυσικῶς μετήνεγκεν ἐκδοχήν, ἐν καινότητι γράμματος, διά τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν πρός σῶμα ταπεινοτέρας τοῦ νόμου παραδοχῆς, τροφεύς παθῶν κατά τούς Ἰουδαίους γινόμενος, καί ἁμαρτίας θεραπευτής.
For what is genuinely reverent loves to rejoice in the things in which the object of worship rejoices. Hence the word knows sacrifices to be rather the slaughter of the passions and the offering up of natural powers; of which, on the one hand, the ram is a type of reason; on the other, the bull bears the symbol of spiritedness; and the goat is the representation of desire.
(51) We also know spiritual sacrifices, not only the mortification of the passions, slain by the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God, and of the whole life in the flesh—its motion according to purpose being as blood—but also the offering up of the ethical dispositions according to philosophy, and of all the natural powers, consecrated to God and wholly burnt by the fire of the grace in the Spirit unto the divine portion.
(52) The earthly mind of Scripture, holding sway over the soul, rejects the natural principles, obliterating them by the misuse of the natural powers. For this mind, while it lives, in truth accomplishes and pursues and destroys, circumscribing the law by the flesh alone—I mean the natural principles and thoughts—honoring as divine the passions of dishonor, which the natural thoughts, receiving license from the law of the Spirit, kill and put to death at the same time. (53) As soon as one pursues the rational philosophy of the virtues, at once he has also transferred the interpretation of the Scriptures to the Spirit in a natural manner, in newness of the letter, through the more lowly reception of the law according to sense in relation to the body, becoming a nurturer of passions after the manner of the Jews, and a healer of sin.
(νδ΄) Ἅμα τις παύσεται κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν πρός σῶμα τήν Γραφήν ἐκδεχόμενος, ἅμα καί πρός τό πνεῦμα κατά νοῦν διά μέσης ἀνατρέχει τῆς φύσεως, ἐκεῖνα πράττων πνευματικῶς, ἅπερ σωματικῶς ὁ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπιτελῶν, ἔχει τόν Θεόν ὀργιζόμενον.
(νε΄) Πᾶς νοῦς κατά Θεόν ὑψηλός καί μετέωρος, κατά τό αὐτό, τήν τε τῶν παθῶν κατασφάττει ἐνέργειαν, καί τήν τῶν λογισμῶν ἀσχήμονα κίνησιν· πρός δέ, καί τούς κατά παράχρησιν τῆς τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐνεργείας ἀκολάστους τρόπους. Ἀναιροῦνται γάρ τά πάθη ὑπό τῶν ὑψηλῶν τῆς φύσεως λογισμῶν, κατά τήν ὑψηλήν θεωρίαν θριαμβευόμενα.
(νστ΄) Τό κράτος τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἤγουν τό φρόνημα τῆς σαρκός, ἡ χάρις ἀφανίζειν πέφυκε τοῦ ἁγίου βαπτίσματος· καί ἡ κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν ὑπακοή τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν, ἀποκτείνειν τῇ μαχαίρᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος, ἤγουν τῷ ῥήματι τῆς θείας ἐν πνεύματι γνώσεως, βοῶσα μυστικῶς πρός τό πάθος τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ὡς ὁ μέγας πρός τόν Ἄγαγ, Σαμουήλ, Ἀνθ᾿ ὧν ἠτέκνωσε γυναῖκας ἡ μάχαιρά σου, ἀτεκνωθήσεται σήμερον ἐκ γυναικῶν ἡ μήτηρ σου.
(54) As soon as a person ceases to interpret the Scripture according to sense in relation to the body, at that same moment he also runs back to the spirit in the mind, passing through nature in between, doing spiritually those things which the Jew performed bodily, and he has God propitiated.
(55) Every mind that is lofty and elevated according to God, in the same act, slays both the activity of the passions and the shameful motion of the thoughts; and besides these, also the dissolute habits that come from the misuse of the activity of the senses. For the passions are destroyed by the lofty thoughts of nature, being triumphed over in the lofty contemplation.
(56) The power of sin, that is, the mind of the flesh, the grace of holy baptism is by nature able to make disappear; and the obedience in action of the divine commandments is able to kill with the sword of the spirit, that is, with the word of the divine knowledge in the spirit, crying out mystically to the passion of sin, as the great Samuel did to Agag: Because your sword has made women childless, today your mother shall be made childless among women.
( (νζ΄) Πολλάς τό πάθος τῆς γαστριμαργίας ὡς ἐν μαχαίρᾳ, τῷ τελείῳ τῆς ἡδονῆς λογισμῷ, ἠτέκνωσεν ἀρετάς. Τῆς μέν γάρ σωφροσύνης, διά τῆς ἀκρασίας ἀποκτείνει τά σπέρματα· τῆς δικαιοσύνης δέ, διά τῆς πλεονεξίας διαφθείρει τήν ἰσονομίαν· τῆς φιλανθρωπίας δέ, διά τῆς φιλαυτίας, τήν ἐκ φύσεως
διατέμνει συνέχειαν. Καί συντόμως εἰπεῖν, πάντων τῶν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν γεννημάτων ἀναιρετικόν ἐστι τῆς γαστριμαργίας τό πάθος. (νη΄) Τό τῆς γαστριμαργίας πάθος, πάντα τά θεῖα τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀποκτείνει γεννήματα πέφυκεν· αὐτό δέ τῇ τε χάριτι τῆς πίστεως, καί τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν, διά τοῦ κατα τήν γνῶσιν ἀποκτείνεται λόγου. (νθ΄) Φῶς ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐθνῶν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, ἀποκαλύπτων αὐτοῖς διά τῆς ἀληθοῦς ἐπιγνώσεως, τούς τῷ ζόφῳ τῆς ἀγνοίας ἐπιμεμυκότας ὀφθαλμούς τῆς διανοίας, καί θείας ἀγωγῆς πάλιν ἑτοιμάσας ἑαυτόν τοῖς πιστοῖς λαοῖς, ἀγαθόν ἀρετῆς ἐξεμπλάριον, προσώπου τοῦ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν, ὑπογραμμός αὐτοῖς γενόμενος καί ὑποτύπωσις, πρός ὅν ἀφορῶντες ὡς ἀρχηγόν τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν, τάς ἀρετάς κατά μίμησιν, ὡς ἡμῖν ἐστι δυνατόν, κατορθοῦμεν διά τῆς πράξεως.
(57) The passion of gluttony has, as if with a sword, through the perfect reasoning of pleasure, made many virtues childless. For through intemperance it kills the seeds of self-control; through greed it corrupts the fairness of justice; through self-love it cuts through the natural continuity of love for humanity. And to speak briefly, the passion of gluttony is destructive of all the offspring that belong to virtue. (58) The passion of gluttony is by nature such as to kill all the divine offspring of the virtues; but it is itself put to death by the grace of faith and by obedience to the divine commandments, through the principle that accords with knowledge. (59) Our Lord is truly a light for the nations, revealing to them through true knowledge the eyes of the mind that had been closed fast in the darkness of ignorance, and again preparing himself for the faithful peoples as a guide of divine conduct, a good example of virtue, becoming for them a pattern and model of the person who lives according to virtue, looking to whom as the author of our salvation, we accomplish the virtues by imitation, as far as is possible for us, through action.
(ξ΄) Πᾶς ὁ διά φθόνον μισῶν καί κακῶς διαθρυλῶν, ταῖς διαβολαῖς τόν ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι τῶν ἀρετῶν, καί τῇ περιουσίᾳ τοῦ λόγου τῆς πνευματικῆς γνώσεως δυνατώτερον, Σαούλ ἐστι πονηρῷ καταπνιγόμενος πνεύματι, μή φέρων τό κλέος τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν καί γνῶσιν εὐδαιμονίας τοῦ κρείττονος· καί διά τοῦτο πλέον μαινόμενος, ὅτι μή δύναται τόν εὐεργέτην διαχειρίσασθαι. Πολλάκις δέ καί αὐτόν ἀποπέμπεται πικρῶς τόν φίλτατον Ἰωνάθαν, τόν ἔμφυτον λέγω κατά συνείδησιν λογισμόν, τό ἄδικον μῖσος ἐλέγχοντα, καί τοῦ μισουμένου φιλαλήθως ἀφηγούμενον τά κατορθώματα.
( (ξα΄) Παρακαλέσωμεν καί ἡμεῖς τόν νοητόν Δαβίδ, ἐπηχῆσαι τῇ κιθάρᾳ τῆς πνευματικῆς θεωρίας καί γνώσεως, ἐπιληπτευόμενον τοῖς ὑλικοῖς τόν ἡμέτερον νοῦν, καί ἀπελάσαι τό πονηρόν πνεῦμα τῆς πρός αἴσθησιν ὑλικῆς περιπετείας, ἵνα δυνηθῶμεν νοῆσαι τόν νόμον πνευματικῶς, καί τόν ἐν αὐτῷ κεκρυμμένον λόγον μυστικόν εὑρεῖν, καί κτῆμα ποιήσασθαι διαρκές πρός ἐφόδιοιν ζωῆς ἀϊδίου.
(60) Everyone who hates because of envy and slanders maliciously, who by his accusations is stronger in the contests of the virtues and in the abundance of the word of spiritual knowledge, is a Saul choked by an evil spirit, unable to bear the glory of the blessedness in virtue and knowledge of the better man; and for this reason he rages all the more, because he cannot lay hands on his benefactor. And often he also bitterly sends away the dearest Jonathan himself—I mean the reasoning implanted in the conscience—which convicts the unjust hatred and truthfully recounts the achievements of the one who is hated.
(61) Let us also entreat the noetic David to sound upon the lyre of spiritual contemplation and knowledge, striking our mind which is afflicted by material things, and to drive away the evil spirit of material entanglement with sense perception, so that we may be able to understand the law spiritually, and to find the mystical reason hidden within it, and to make it a lasting possession as provision for eternal life.
(ξβ΄) Πᾶς ὁ σωτηρίας ἐρῶν, ἤ πράξει πάντως ἤ θεωρίᾳ προσανέχει. Ἀρετῆς γάρ καί γνώσεως χωρίς, οὐδαμῶς οὐδείς πώποτε τυχεῖν σωτηρίας δεδύνηται· εἴπερ ἀρετῆς μέν, τό τάσσειν τήν τοῦ σώματος κίνησιν, οἷον χαλινῷ τινι τῷ ὀρθῷ λογισμῷ τῆς πρός ἀτοπίαν φορᾶς ἐπιστημόνως ἀναχαιτιζούσης· θεωρίας δέ, τό τά καλῶς νοηθέντα τε καί κριθέντα ἐμφρόνως αἱρεῖσθαι ψηφίζεσθαι. (ξγ΄) Ἐπειδή νοερόν μέν ἐστι τό νοοῦν, νοητόν δέ τό νοούμενον, τροφή δέ καί οἷον σύστασις τοῦ νοοῦντος τό νοούμενον· εἰκότως ὁ Θεός ἅτε νόων ὄντων τῶν ἀσωμάτων, αὐτός νοούμενος, καί νοητός αὐτοῖς καθ᾿ ὅσον ἐφικνοῦνται γινόμενος, ἔσωθεν αὐτούς, ἐλλάμπει, τοῦ νοῦ νοοῦντός τε καί τρεφομένου. (ξδ΄) Ἕτερόν ἐστι νοητόν, καί ἕτερον νοερόν. Τό γάρ νοητόν, τροφή οἷά τις, ὡς εἴρηται, τοῦ νοεροῦ ἐστιν· εἴπερ τό νοούμενον, ὅ ἐστι νοητόν, μεῖζόν ἐστι καί προεπινοούμενον τοῦ νοοῦντος, ὅ ἐστι νοερόν. Νοερά γάρ λέγεται, ὅσα διά τό νοῦς εἶναι, νοεῖ τά ὑπέρκεινα νοητά· νοητόν γάρ ἐστι τό νοούμενον, ὅπερ καί τροφή ἐστι τοῦ νοεροῦ, ἤτοι τοῦ νοοῦντος. (ξε΄) Ἱστέον ὡς ἔχει τά αἰτιατά, τάς τῶν αἰτίων ἐνδεχομένας ( εἰκόνας. Αἰτιατά, γάρ ἐστι πάντα τά παραχθέντα εἰς κτίσιν· αἴτια δέ, τά παραγαγόντα· οὐδεμία δέ ἐμφέρεια τούτων πρός ἄλληλα, αἰτίων φημί καί αἰτιατῶν. (ξστ΄) Οὐκ ἔστιν ἀκριβής ἐμφέρεια τοῖς αἰτιατοῖς καί τοῖς αἰτίοις· ἀλλ᾿ ἔχει μέν τά αἰτιατά τάς τῶν αἰτίων ἐνδεχομένας εἰκόνας· αὐτά δέ τά αἴτια, τῶν αἰτιατῶν ἐξῄρηται, καί ὑπερίδρυται κατά τόν τῆς οἰκείας ἀρχῆς λόγον.
(62) Everyone who loves salvation devotes himself entirely either to practice or to contemplation. For without virtue and knowledge, no one has ever been able to attain salvation—since virtue consists in ordering the movement of the body, as it were with a bridle, by the right reason knowledgeably reining in the rush toward what is improper; and contemplation consists in choosing and deciding upon what has been rightly understood and judiciously judged. (63) Since that which understands is intellectual, and that which is understood is intelligible, and the intelligible is food and, as it were, the constitution of the one who understands—reasonably God, since the incorporeal beings are those who understand, being himself understood and becoming intelligible to them insofar as they can attain, shines upon them from within, while the intellect understands and is nourished. (64) The intelligible is one thing, and the intellectual another. For the intelligible is, as it were, a kind of food for the intellectual, as has been said—since that which is understood, which is the intelligible, is greater and conceived before the one who understands, which is the intellectual. For those things are called intellectual which, because they are intellects, understand the intelligible things that lie above them; for the intelligible is that which is understood, which is also food for the intellectual, that is, for the one who understands. (65) One must know how things caused stand in relation to the images of their causes which they contain. For all things brought into creation are things caused; and causes are those that brought them forth; and there is no resemblance of these to one another—I mean of causes and things caused. (66) There is no exact resemblance in things caused to their causes; but things caused contain the images of their causes which they are capable of receiving; while the causes themselves are exempt from things caused and are established above them according to the principle of their own origin.
Καί γάρ περισσῶς καί οὐσιωδῶς προένεστι τά τῶν αἰτιατῶν τοῖς αἰτίοις. (ξζ΄) Αἰτιατά ἐστι, πάντα τά παραχθέντα εἰς κτίσιν· εἴτε ἐν οὐρανῷ, εἴτε ἐπί γῆς· αἴτια δέ, τά παραγαγόντα, τουτέστιν, αἱ τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις τῆς ἁγίας Τριάδος.
Πρόδηλον οὖν, ὅτι οὐδεμία ἐμφέρεια τούτων πρός ἄλληλα, αἰτίων φημί καί αἰτιατῶν.
(ξη΄) Δέον εἰδέναι τόν καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς νοῦν, τήν μέν ἔχειν δύναμιν εἰς τό νοεῖν, δι᾿ ἧς τά νοητά βλέπει· τήν δέ ἕνωσιν ὑπεραίρουσαν τοῦ νοῦ τήν φύσιν, δι' ἧς συνάπτεται πρός τά ἐπέκεινα ἑαυτοῦ. Κατά ταύτην οὖν τά θεῖα νοητέον, οὐ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς· ἀλλ᾿ ὅλους ἑαυτούς, ὅλων ἑαυτῶν ἐξισταμένους, καί ὅλους Θεοῦ γινομένους. Κρεῖττον γάρ εἶναι Θεοῦ, καί μή ἑαυτῶν. Οὕτω γάρ ἔσται τά θεῖα δοτά τοῖς μετά Θεοῦ γινομένοις.
(ξθ΄) Ὁ νοῦς νοεῖν βουλόμενος, κάτεισιν ἑαυτοῦ εἰς τάς νοήσεις καταβαίνων. Αἱ γάρ νοήσεις, κατώτεραί εἰσι τοῦ νοοῦντος, ὡς νοούμεναι καί καταλαμβανόμεναι, καί σκεδασμός εἰκότως καί μερισμός τῆς ἑνότητος τοῦ νοῦ αὐτοῦ. Ὁ μέν γάρ νοῦς, ἁπλοῦς καί ἀμερής· αἱ δέ νοήσεις, παμπληθεῖς καί σκεδασταί, καί οἷον εἴδη τοῦ νοῦ. Διά τοῦτο τά νοερά, τουτέστι τά νοοῦντα, ἐλάττονά ( ἐστι τῶν νοητῶν, ἤγουν τῶν νοουμένων. Ἕνωσιν δέ φησι τοῦ νοῦ, καθώς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς σαφέστερον λέγει, δι᾿ ἧς πρός τά ἐπέκεινα ἑαυτοῦ ἀνατείνεται, ἤγουν τῇ περί Θεοῦ προσβάλλει θεωρίᾳ· τό, πάντων ἐκστῆναι τῶν αἰσθητῶν καί τῶν νοητῶν, ἔτι δέ καί τῆς οἰκείας κινήσεως· εἴθ᾿ οὕτως τῆς θείας γνώσεως δέξασθαι τήν ἀκτῖνα.
For the things of the caused pre-exist excessively and substantially in the causes. (67) Caused things are all that have been brought into creation, whether in heaven or on earth; causes are those that brought them forth, that is, the three hypostases of the Holy Trinity.
It is evident, then, that there is no likeness of these to one another—I mean of causes and caused things.
(68) One must know that our mind has a power for understanding, through which it sees intelligible things; and a union surpassing the nature of the mind, through which it is joined to things beyond itself. By this union, then, divine things must be understood, not according to ourselves, but by wholly standing outside ourselves and becoming wholly God's. For it is better to be God's and not our own. For thus will divine things be given to those who become with God.
(69) The mind, wishing to understand, descends from itself, going down into its thoughts. For thoughts are lower than the one who understands, since they are understood and comprehended, and are reasonably a scattering and division of the mind's own unity. For the mind is simple and indivisible, but thoughts are manifold and scattered, and as it were forms of the mind. Therefore intellectual things, that is, those that understand, are less than intelligible things, that is, things understood. He calls it a union of the mind, as he says more clearly in what follows, through which it stretches out toward things beyond itself, that is, it applies itself to the contemplation of God—namely, to stand outside all sensible and intelligible things, and further even its own movement, and then thus to receive the ray of divine knowledge.
(ο΄) Εἰ κινεῖται ἀναλόγως ἑαυτῷ νοερῶς τόν νοερόν, καί νοεῖ πάντως· εἰ δέ νοεῖ, καί ἐρᾷ πάντως τοῦ νοηθέντος· εἰ δέ ἐρᾷ, καί πάσχει πάντως τήν πρός αὐτό ὡς ἐραστόν ἔκστασιν· εἰ δέ πάσχει, δῆλον ὅτι καί ἐπείγεται· εἰ δέ ἐπείγεται, καί ἐπιτείνει πάντως τό σφοδρόν τῆς κινήσεως. Εἰ δέ ἐπιτείνει σφοδρῶς τήν κίνησιν, οὐχ ἵσταται μέχρις ἄν γένηται ὅλον ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ ἐραστῷ, καί ὑφ᾿ ὅλου περιληφθῇ ἑκουσίως, ὅλον κατά προαίρεσιν τήν σωτήριον περιγραφήν δεχόμενον [ δεδομένον]· ἵν᾿ ὅλον ὅλῳ ποιωθῇ τῷ περιγράφοντι, ὡς μηδ᾿ ὅλως λοιπόν βούλεσθαι ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ αὐτό ἐκεῖνο ὅλον γνωρίζεσθαι δύνασθαι τό περιγραφόμενον· ἀλλ᾿ ἐκ τοῦ περιγράφοντος, ὡς ἀήρ διόλου πεφωτισμένος φωτί· καί πυρί σίδηρος ὅλος ὅλῳ πεπυρακτωμένος, ἤ εἴ τι ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων ἐστί. (οα΄) Πολλή ἡ πρός τά νοούμενα τῶν νοούντων, καί πρός τά αἰσθητά τῶν αἰσθανομένων σχέσις. Ὁ δέ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ ψυχῆς καί σώματος τυγχάνων αἰσθητικοῦ, διά τῆς κατ᾿ ἐπαλλαγήν πρός ἑκάτερα τά τῆς κτίσεως τμήματα φυσικῆς σχέσεώς τε καί ἰδιότητος, καί περιγράφεται καί περιγράφει· τό μέν, τῇ οὐσίᾳ· τό δέ, τῇ δυνάμει. Περιγράφεσθαι γάρ τοῖς νοητοῖς καί αἰσθητοῖς ὡς ψυχή τυγχάνων καί σῶμα, καί περιγράφειν ταῦτα κατά δύναμιν πέφυκεν, ὡς νοῶν καί αἰσθανόμενος· ὁ δέ Θεός ἁπλῶς καί ἀορίστως ὑπέρ πάντα τά ὄντα ἐστί, τά περιέχοντά τε καί περιεχόμενα, ὡς πᾶσι παντελῶς ἄσχετος ὤν. ( (οβ΄) Πᾶσα ἡδονή τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων, ἐκ πάθους διά μέσης αἰσθήσεως πρός τι πάντως γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν αἰσθητόν.
(70) If it is moved in a manner analogous to itself, in an intellectual way, toward the intellectual, it also certainly understands; and if it understands, it certainly also loves the object of its understanding; and if it loves, it certainly also undergoes the ecstasy toward it as beloved; and if it undergoes this, it is clear that it also presses on; and if it presses on, it certainly also intensifies the vehemence of its movement. And if it intensely intensifies its movement, it does not stop until it has become whole in the whole beloved, and has been encompassed willingly by the whole, receiving wholly by choice its saving circumscription, so that it may be made wholly one with the whole that circumscribes it, so that it no longer wishes at all, of itself, that it be able to be known wholly—that very thing which is circumscribed—but rather from the circumscriber, as air wholly illuminated by light, and iron wholly heated through by fire, or whatever else of this kind there is. (71) Great is the relation of those who understand to the things understood, and of those who perceive to the things perceived. But man, being from soul and perceptive body, through his natural relation and affinity, by interweaving, to each of the two divisions of creation, is both circumscribed and circumscribes: the one by essence, the other by power. For as being soul and body, he is naturally both circumscribed by things intelligible and sensible, and circumscribes them according to his power, as understanding and perceiving. But God is simply and indefinitely beyond all things that are, both the containing and the contained, as being altogether unrelated to all things. (72) Every pleasure of forbidden things naturally comes to be from passion, through the mediation of sense, toward some sensible object.
Οὐδέ γάρ ἄλλο τί ἐστιν ἡδονή, ἤ εἶδος αἰσθήσεως, ἐν τῷ αἰσθητικῷ τινος αἰσθητοῦ μορφουμένη· ἤ τρόπος αἰσθητικῆς ἐνεργείας, κατ᾿ ἐπιθυμίαν ἄλογον συνιστάμενος. Ἐπιθυμία γάρ αἰσθήσει προστεθεῖσα, εἰς ἡδονήν μεταπίπτει, εἶδος αὐτῇ ἐπάγουσα· καί αἴσθησις κατ᾿ ἐπιθυμίαν κινηθεῖσα, ἡδονήν ἀπεργάζεται, τό αἰσθητόν προσλαβοῦσα. Γνόντες οὖν οἱ ἅγιοι, ὅτι διά μέσης σαρκός πρός τήν ὕλην ἡ ψυχή παρά φύσιν κινουμένη τήν χοϊκήν μορφήν ὑποδύεται, διά μέσης μᾶλλον ψυχῆς κατά φύσιν αὐτοί πρός τόν Θεόν κινούμενοι, καί τήν σάρκα τῷ Θεῷ πρεπόντως οἰκειῶσαι διενοήθησαν, δι᾿ ἀσκήσεως ἀρετῶν ἐνδεχομένως αὐτήν ταῖς θείαις ἐμφάσεσι καλλωπίσαντες. (ογ΄) Μεγαλοφυῶς οἱ ἅγιοι κατά τόν ἀληθῆ καί ἄπταιστον τῆς κατά φύσιν κινήσεως τρόπον, τόν παρόντα τῶν σκαμμάτων αἰῶνα διέβησαν· τήν μέν αἴσθησιν, ἁπλοῦς διά μέσου τοῦ λόγου πρός τόν νοῦν τούς τῶν ὄντων ἔχοντα
λόγους ἑνώσαντες· τόν δέ νοῦν, τῆς περί τά ὄντα πάντα κινήσεως καθαρῶς ἀπολυθέντα, καί αὐτῆς τῆς καθ᾿ αὐτόν φυσικῆς ἐνεργείας ἡρεμοῦντα, τῷ Θεῷ προσκομίσαντες· καθ᾿ ὅν ὁλικῶς πρός Θεόν συναχθέντες, ὅλοι ὅλῳ Θεῷ ἐγκραθῆναι διά τοῦ πνεύματος ἠξιώθησαν, ὅλην τοῦ ἐπουρανίου κατά τό δυνατόν ἀνθρώποις, τήν εἰκόνα φορέσαντες, καί τοσοῦτον ἕλξαντες τῆς θείας ἐμφάσεως, εἰ θέμις τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ὅσον ἐλχθέντες αὐτοί τῷ Θεῷ ἐνετέθησαν. (οδ΄) Ἀλλήλων εἶναί φασι παραδείγματα, τόν Θεόν καί τόν ἄνθρωπον, καί τοσοῦτον τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τόν Θεόν διά φιλανθρωπίαν ἀνθρωπίζεσθαι, ὅσον ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτόν τῷ Θεῷ δι᾿ ἀγάπης δυνηθείς ἀπεθέωσε·
For pleasure is nothing other than a form of sensation, shaped in the sensitive faculty by some sensible object; or a mode of sensitive activity, constituted by irrational desire. For desire added to sensation falls into pleasure, bringing a form upon it; and sensation moved by desire produces pleasure, having received the sensible object. The saints, therefore, knowing that the soul, when moved contrary to nature through the medium of the flesh toward matter, puts on the earthly form, rather, being moved according to nature through the medium of the soul toward God, they purposed to make the flesh properly akin to God, adorning it, as far as possible, with divine impressions through the practice of virtues. (73) Magnanimously, in accordance with the true and unerring manner of movement according to nature, the saints passed through this present age of snares: uniting sensation, simple through the mediation of reason, to the intellect, which holds the principles of beings; and bringing to God the intellect, purely released from all movement concerning beings and at rest even from its own natural activity; according to which, wholly gathered to God, they were deemed worthy to be wholly mingled with the whole God through the Spirit, bearing the whole image of the heavenly, as far as is possible for humans, and drawing so much of the divine impression, if it is permitted to say this, that, being drawn, they were themselves placed in God. (74) They say that God and man are examples of one another, and that God is humanized for man through love of humanity to the same extent that man, having been able through love, deified himself to God.
καί τοσοῦτον ὑπό Θεοῦ τόν ἄνθρωπον ( κατά νοῦν ἁρπάζεσθαι πρός τό γνωστόν, ὅσον ὀ ἄνθρωπος τόν ἀόρατον φύσει Θεόν διά τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐφανέρωσε. (οε΄) Πᾶς ὁ τά μέλη νεκρώσας τά ἐπί γῆς, καί ὅλον ἑαυτοῦ τῆς σαρκός κατασβέσας τό φρόνημα, καί τήν πρός αὐτήν διόλου σχέσιν ἀποσεισάμενος, δι᾿ ἧς ἡ τῷ Θεῷ μόνῳ χρεωστουμένη παρ᾿ ἡμῶν ἀγάπη μερίζεται, καί ἀρνησάμενος πάντα τά τῆς σαρκός καί κόσμου γνωρίσματα, τῆς θείας ἕνεκεν χάριτος· ὥστε καί λέγειν δύνασθαι μετά τοῦ μακαρίου Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου, Τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπό τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ; καί τά ἑξῆς· ὁ τοιοῦτος ἀπάτωρ καί ἀμήτωρ καί ἀγενεαλόγητος κατά τόν μέγαν Μελχισεδέκ γέγονεν, οὐκ ἔχων ὅπως ὑπό σαρκός κρατηθῇ καί φύσεως, διά τήν γεγενημένην πρός τό πνεῦμα συνάφειαν. (οστ΄) Τό πέρας τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς, οὐ δίκαιον οἶμαι θάνατον ὀνομάζειν, ἀλλά θανάτου ἀπαλλαγήν, καί φθορᾶς χωρισμόν, καί δουλείας ἐλευθερίαν, καί ταραχῆς παῦλαν, καί πολέμων ἀναίρεσιν, καί σκότους ὑποχώρησιν, καί πόνων ἄνεσιν, καί βράσματος ἡρεμίαν, καί αἰσχύνης συγκάλυμμα, καί παθῶν ἀποφυγήν, καί πάντων, ἵνα συνελών εἴπω, τῶν κακῶν περιγραφήν· ἅπερ δι᾿ ἑκουσίου νεκρώσεως οἱ ἅγιοι κατορθώσαντες, ξένους ἐαυτούς τοῦ βίου καί παρεπιδήμους παρέστησαν. Κόσμῳ τε γάρ καί σώματι, καί ταῖς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπαναστάσεσι γενναίως μαχόμενοι, καί τήν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν κατά τήν τῶν αἰσθήσεων πρός τά αἰσθητά συμπλοκήν παραγενομένην ἀπάτην ἀποπνίξαντες, ἀδούλωτον ἑαυτοῖς ἐφύλαξαν τῆς ψυχῆς τό ἀξίωμα.
And to such an extent is man caught up by God in mind toward the knowable, as man has made manifest by his virtues the God who is by nature invisible. (75) Everyone who has put to death his members that are upon the earth, and has wholly quenched the whole mindset of his flesh, and has shaken off entirely his attachment to it, through which the love owed by us to God alone is divided, and has renounced all the marks of the flesh and the world for the sake of divine grace—so as even to be able to say with the blessed Paul the apostle, "Who shall separate us from the love of Christ?" and what follows—such a one has become fatherless and motherless and without genealogy, like the great Melchizedek, having no way to be held fast by flesh and nature, because of the union that has come about with the spirit. (76) The end of the present life I do not think it right to call death, but a release from death, and a separation from corruption, and a freedom from slavery, and a cessation of turmoil, and an abolition of wars, and a retreat of darkness, and a relief from labors, and a calm from tossing, and a covering of shame, and an escape from passions, and—to sum it all up in a word—a circumscription of all evils. These things the saints, having accomplished through voluntary death, have shown themselves strangers and sojourners to this life. For nobly fighting against the world and the body and the assaults that come from them, and having stifled the deception that arises from both through the entanglement of the senses with sensible things, they have kept for themselves the dignity of the soul unenslaved.
(οζ΄) Τεκμήριον οὐ σμικρόν τοῦ φυσικῶς ἡμῖν ἐνεσπάρθαι τήν τῆς προνοίας γνῶσιν, ἡ φύσις αὐτή δίδωσιν· ὁπηνίκα ἄν ἡμᾶς ἀδιδάκτως ὥσπερ ὠθοῦσα πρός τόν Θεόν διά τῶν εὐχῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐξαίφνης περιστάσεσιν, ἐκεῖθεν ζητεῖν τήν σωτηρίαν ( παρασκευάζῃ. Ὑπ᾿ ἀνάγκης γάρ ἄφνω συλληφθέντες, ἀπροαιρέτως πρίν τι σκέψασθαι, τόν Θεόν ἐπιβοώμεθα· ὡς ἄν τῆς προνοίας αὐτῆς πρός ἑαυτήν, καί λογισμῶν χωρίς, ἑλκούσης ἡμᾶς, καί τό τάχος τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν νοερᾶς νικώσης δυνάμεως, καί πάντων ἰσχυροτέραν τήν θείαν προδεικνυούσης βοήθειαν. Οὐκ ἄν δέ ἡμᾶς ἦγεν ἀπροαιρέτως ἡ φύσις, ἐπί τό μή φύσιν ἔχον γίνεσθαι· πᾶν δέ τό ὁτῳοῦν φυσικῶς ἑπόμενον, ὡς πᾶσιν εὔδηλον, ἰσχυράν ἔχει καί ἀκαταμάχητον κατά τήν ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ἀληθείας τήν δύναμιν.
(οη΄) Ἐπειδή τῶν ὄντων, τά μέν ἔστιν ἀγαθά, τά δέ φαῦλα· ταῦτα δέ, ἤ παρόντα ἐστίν ἤ μέλλοντα· προσδοκώμενον μέν ἀγαθόν, ἐπιθυμίαν καλεῖ· παρόν δέ, ἡδονήν· καί πάλιν, προσδοκώμενον μέν κακόν, φόβον· παρόν δέ, λύπην· ὡς εἶναί τε καί θεωρεῖσθαι, περί μέν τά καλά, εἴτε τά ὄντως ὄντα, εἴτε τά νομιζόμενα, τήν ἡδονήν καί τήν ἐπιθυμίαν· περί δέ τά φαῦλα, τήν λύπην καί τό φόβον. Καί γάρ ἐπιτυγχάνουσα μέν ἡ ἐπιθυμία, ἡδονήν ἐργάζεται· ἀποτυγχάνυσα δέ λύπην. (οθ΄) Κακόν εἶναί φασι πᾶσαν λύπην τῇ ἑαυτῆς φύσει. Κἄν γάρ ὁ σπουδαῖος ἐπ᾿ ἀλλοτρίοις λυπῆται κακοῖς, ὡς ἐλεήμων, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ προηγουμένως κατά πρόθεσιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐφεπομένως κατά περίσταστιν· Ὁ δέ θεωρητικός, κἄν τούτοις ἀπαθής διαμένει, συνάψας ἑαυτόν τῷ Θεῷ, καί τῶν τῆδε πάντων ἀλλοτριώσας.
(77) Nature herself provides no small proof that the knowledge of providence has been sown in us by nature: whenever, as if pushing us untaught toward God through prayers in sudden crises, she prepares us to seek salvation from there. For when we are suddenly seized by necessity, before we have considered anything, we involuntarily call upon God—as though providence itself were drawing us to itself without reasoning, and the swiftness of the noetic power within us were conquering, and showing the divine help to be stronger than all things. But nature would not lead us involuntarily toward what does not have nature to become; and everything that follows anything whatsoever by nature, as is clear to all, has a strong and invincible power for the demonstration of truth.
(78) Since of existing things some are good and some are base, and these are either present or future: an expected good is called desire; a present good, pleasure; and again, an expected evil, fear; a present evil, grief. So that pleasure and desire are both to be and are observed in relation to noble things—whether things truly existing or things thought to be—and grief and fear in relation to base things. For desire, when it succeeds, produces pleasure; when it fails, grief. (79) They say that all grief is by its own nature evil. For even if the earnest man grieves over others' evils, as being compassionate, yet not primarily by intention, but consequently by circumstance. And the contemplative man, even in these things, remains impassible, having united himself to God and become alien to all things here.
(π΄) Οἱ ἅγιοι πάντες τοῦ θείου καί ἀπλανοῦς λόγου γνησίως ἐπειλημμένοι, τόν αἰῶνα τοῦτο διέβησαν, οὐδενί τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ τερπνῶν τό τῆς ψυχῆς ἴχνος ἐναπερείσαντες. Πρός γάρ τούς ἄκρους τῶν ἀνθρώποις ἐφικτῶν περί Θεοῦ λόγους, τῆς ἀγαθότητός τέ φημι καί τῆς ἀγάπης, μάλα γε εἰκότως τόν νοῦν ἀναπετάσαντες· οἷς κινηθέντα τόν Θεόν, τό εἶναί τε δοῦναι τοῖς οὖσι, καί τό εὖ εἶναι χαρίσασθαι, ἐπαιδεύθησαν· εἴπερ κίνησιν ἐπί ( Θεοῦ τοῦ μόνου ἀκινήτου θέμις εἰπεῖν, ἀλλά μή μᾶλλον βούλησιν, τήν πάντα κινοῦσάν τε καί εἰς τό εἶναι παράγουσαν καί συνέχουσαν, κινουμένην δέ οὐδαμῶς οὐδέποτε. (πα΄) Ἡ ψυχή οὐσία νοερά τε καί λογική ὑπάρχουσα, καί νοεῖ καί λογίζεται· δύναμιν μέν ἔχουσα τόν νοῦν· κίνησιν δέ, τήν νόησιν· ἐνέργειαν δέ, τό νόημα. Πέρας γάρ τοῦτο, τῆς τε τοῦ νοοῦντος καί τοῦ νοουμένου νοήσεώς ἐστιν, ὡς περιοριστικόν τῆς πρός ἄλληλα τῶν ἄκρων ὑπάρχον σχέσεως. Νοοῦσα γάρ ἡ ψυχή. ἵσταται τοῦ νοεῖν ἐκεῖνο τό νοηθέν μετά τήν αὐτοῦ νόησιν. Τό γάρ νοηθέν κυρίως ἅπαξ, οὐκέτι τήν πρός τό νοηθῆναι πάλιν ἐκκαλεῖται τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμιν· καί καθ᾿ ἕκαστον νόημα οὕτω στάσιν δέχεται τῆς ποιᾶς ἐπί τῷ νοήματι τοῦ νοηθέντος νοήσεως.
(80) All the saints who have genuinely laid hold of the divine and unerring Word passed through this age without fixing the trace of their soul on any of its delights. For they opened their mind—quite reasonably—to the highest of the words about God attainable by humans, I mean those concerning goodness and love; and they were taught that God, moved by these, granted both being to things that exist and well-being as a gift—if indeed it is lawful to speak of "movement" in God, the only one who is unmoved, rather than of "will," which moves all things and brings them into being and sustains them, yet is itself never moved in any way. (81) The soul, being a noetic and rational substance, both understands and reasons: it has intellect as its capacity, intellection as its movement, and the thought as its activity. For this is the limit of the intellection of the one who understands and of the thing understood, since it bounds the relation of the extremes to one another. For when the soul understands, it comes to rest from understanding that thing once it has been understood, after its intellection of it. For what has been properly understood once no longer summons the soul's power to be understood again; and in the case of each thought, the soul thus receives a resting of the particular intellection concerning the thing understood.
(πβ΄) Ὥσπερ ἡ ἄγνοια διαιρετική τῶν πεπλανημένων ἐστίν, οὕτως ἡ τοῦ νοητοῦ φωτός παρουσία συναγωγός καί ἑνωτική τῶν φωτιζομένων ἐστί καί τελειωτική καί ἐπιστρεπτική· πρός τό ὄντως ὄν, ἀπό τῶν πολλῶν δοξασμάτων ἐπιστρέφουσα, καί τάς ποικίλας ὄψεις, ἤ κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν, φαντασίας, εἰς μίαν ἀληθῆ καί καθαράν καί μονοειδῆ συνάγουσα γνῶσιν· καί ἑνός καί ἑνωτικοῦ φωτός ἐμπιπλῶσα.
(πγ΄) Ταὐτόν ἐστιν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τό καλόν, ὅτι τοῦ καλοῦ καί ἀγαθοῦ κατά πᾶσαν αἰτίαν πάντα ἐφίεται, καί οὐκ ἔστι τῶν ὄντων, ὅ μή μετέχει τοῦ καλοῦ καί ἀγαθοῦ. Πᾶσι γάρ ἐστι τό καλόν καί ἀγαθόν, ὡς ὄντως ἀγαστόν, ἐφετόν καί ἐραστόν καί ἀρεστόν καί αἱρετόν καί ἀγαπητόν. Σημείωσαι δέ πῶς ὁ θεῖος ἔρως ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ προϋπάρχων, ἔτεκε τόν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀγαθόν ἔρωτα, δι᾿ οὗ τοῦ καλοῦ καί ἀγαθοῦ ἐφιέμεθα, κατά τόν εἰπόντα, Ἐραστής ἐγενόμην τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς. Καί, Ἐράσθητι αὐτῆς, καί τηρήσει σε· περιχαράκωσον αὐτήν, καί ὑψώσει σε. ( (πδ΄) Τό θεῖον οἱ θεολόγοι, ποτέ μέν ἔρωτα, ποτέ δέ ἀγάπην, ποτέ δέ ἐραστόν καί ἀγαπητόν καλοῦσιν. Ὅθεν, ὡς μέν ἔρως ὑπάρχον καί ἀγάπη, κινεῖται· ὡς δέ ἐραστόν καί ἀγαπητόν, κινεῖ πρός ἑαυτό πάντα τά ἔρωτος καί ἀγάπης δεκτικά. Καί τρανότερον αὖθις φάναι, κινεῖται μέν ὡς σχέσιν ἐμποιοῦν ἐνδιάθετον ἔρωτος καί ἀγάπης τοῖς τούτων δεκτικοῖς· κινεῖ δέ, ὡς ἑλκτικόν φύσει, τῆς τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτό κινουμένων ἐφέσεως. Καί πάλιν κινεῖ καί κινεῖται, ὡς διψῶν τό διψᾶσθαι, καί ἐρῶν τό ἐρᾶσθαι, καί ἀγαπῶν τό ἀγαπᾶσθαι. (πε΄) Ἔστι δέ καί ἐκστατικός ὁ θεῖος ἔρως, οὐκ ἐῶν ἑαυτῶν εἶναι τούς ἐραστάς, ἀλλά τῶν ἐρωμένων.
(82) Just as ignorance is divisive of those who have gone astray, so the presence of the intelligible light is gathering and unifying of those who are illumined, and perfecting and converting—turning them back from the many opinions toward the truly existing, and gathering the various appearances, or more properly speaking, phantasies, into one true and pure and uniform knowledge, and filling them with the one and unifying light.
(83) The beautiful is the same as the good, because all things desire the beautiful and good by every cause, and there is nothing among existing things that does not partake of the beautiful and good. For the beautiful and good is for all things, as truly worthy of wonder, desirable and lovely and pleasing and choiceworthy and beloved. Note also how the divine love, pre-existing in the good, gave birth to the good love within us, through which we desire the beautiful and good, according to him who said, "I became a lover of her beauty." And, "Desire her, and she will keep you; fence her about, and she will exalt you." (84) The theologians call the divine sometimes love (erōs), sometimes charity (agapē), sometimes beloved and lovely. Hence, as being love and charity, it is moved; as being beloved and lovely, it moves all things capable of love and charity toward itself. And to speak more clearly again: it is moved as producing an inward disposition of love and charity in those capable of them; and it moves, as being by nature attractive, the desire of those who are moved toward it. And again it moves and is moved, as thirsting to be thirsted for, and loving to be loved, and loving to be loved in return. (85) And the divine love is also ecstatic, not permitting the lovers to be their own, but rather of the beloved.
Καί δηλοῦσι τά μέν ὑπέρτερα, τῆς προνοίας τῶν καταδεεστέρων γινόμενα· καί τά ὁμόστοιχα, τῆς ἀλλήλων συνοχῆς· καί τά ὑφειμένα, τῆς πρός τά πρῶτα θειοτέρας ἐπιστροφῆς. Διό καί Παῦλος ὁ μέγας ἐν κατοχῇ τοῦ θείου γεγονώς ἔρωτος, καί τῆς ἐκστατικῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως μετειληφώς, ἐνθέῳ στόματι, Ζῷ ἐγώ,φησίν, οὐκέτι, ζῇ δέ ἐν ἐμοί Χριστός· ὡς ἀληθής ἐραστής καί ἐξεστηκώς, ὡς αὐτός φησί, τῷ Θεῷ, καί οὐ τήν ἑαυτοῦ ζῶν, ἀλλά τήν τοῦ ἐραστοῦ ζωήν, ὡς σφόδρα ἀγαπητήν.
(πστ΄) Τολμητέον καί τοῦτο ὑπέρ ἀληθείας εἰπεῖν· ὅτι καί αὐτός ὁ πάντων αἴτιος, τῷ καλῷ καί ἀγαθῷ τῶν πάντων ἔρωτι, δι᾿ ὑπερβολήν τῆς ἐρωτικῆς ἀγαθότητος, ἔξω ἑαυτοῦ γίνεται, ταῖς εἰς τά ὄντα πάντα προνοίαις, καί οἷον ἀγαθότητι καί ἀγαπήσει καί ἔρωτι θέλγεται· καί ἐκ τοῦ ὑπέρ πάντα, καί πάντων ἐξῃρημένου, πρός τό ἐν πᾶσι κατάγεται κατ᾿ ἐκστατικήν ὑπερούσιον δύναμιν,
ἀνεκφοίτητος ἑαυτοῦ. Διό καί ζηλωτήν αὐτόν οἱ τά θεῖα δεινοί προσαγορεύουσιν, ὡς πολύν τόν εἰς τά ὄντα ἀγαθόν ἔρωτα, καί ὡς πρός ζῆλον ἐγερτικόν τῆς ἐφέσεως αὐτοῦ ( τῆς ἐρωτικῆς, καί ὡς ζηλωτήν αὐτόν ἀποδεικνύντα, ᾧ καί τά ἐφιέμενα ζηλωτά, καί ὡς τῶν προνοουμένων ὄντων αὐτῷ ζηλωτῶν. (πζ΄) Τῆς ἀγάπης καί τοῦ ἔρωτος, αὐτόν, δηλαδή τόν Θεόν, προβολέα φασί δέ γεννήτορα. Αὐτός γάρ ταῦτα ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὄντα, προήγαγεν εἰς τά ἐκτός, τουτέστι περί τά κτίσματα· καί κατά τοῦτο εἴρηται, Ὁ Θεός ἀγάπη ἐστί· Καί πάλιν, Γλυκασμός καί ἐπιθυμία, ὅ ἐστιν ἔρως· τό δέ ἀγαπητόν καί ὄντως ἐραστόν, αὐτός ἐστι.
And they make clear: the higher things, by their providence for the lower; the things of equal rank, by their mutual cohesion; and the subordinate things, by their more divine turning back toward the first. Therefore Paul the Great, having come to be in the possession of divine love and having partaken of its ecstatic power, says with a God-inspired mouth, "I live, yet no longer I, but Christ lives in me"—as a true lover and, as he himself says, one who has stood outside himself for God, and who lives not his own life but the life of the lover, as exceedingly beloved.
(86) This too must be said boldly on behalf of truth: that the very Cause of all things, by the love of the beautiful and good of all things, through the excess of his erotic goodness, comes to be outside himself in his providences toward all existing things, and is, as it were, charmed by goodness and loving-kindness and love; and from being above all things and exempt from all things, he is brought down to be in all things by an ecstatic, super-essential power, without departing from himself. Therefore those skilled in divine things call him "Zealous," as having great good love toward existing things, and as awakening zeal for his own longing—the erotic longing—and as showing himself zealous, to whom the things longed for are also zealous, and as having the things provided for as zealous to him. (87) They say that he—God himself, clearly—is the producer of love and eros, and indeed their begetter. For he, having these in himself, brought them forth into things outside, that is, to the things around creation; and in this sense it is said, "God is love"; and again, "Sweetness and desire," which is eros; and the beloved and truly lovable one is himself.
Τῷ μέν οὖν τόν ἀγαπητικόν ἔρωτα ἐξ αὐτοῦ προχεῖσθαι, αὐτός κινεῖσθαι λέγεται ὁ τούτου γεννήτωρ· τῷ δέ αὐτόν εἶναι τό ἀληθές ἐραστόν καί ἀγαπητόν καί ἐφετόν καί αἰρετόν, κινεῖ τά πρός τοῦτο ὁρῶντα· καί οἷς ἡ τοῦ ἐφίεσθαι δύναμις, ἀναλόγως αὐτοῖς.
(πη΄) Προαγωγικόν καί κινητικόν πρός ἐρωτικήν συνάφειαν τήν ἐν πνεύματι, τόν Θεόν εἶναί μοι νόει, τουτέστι μεσίτην ταύτης, καί πρός αὐτήν συναρμοστήν, τοῦ ἐρᾶσθαι αὐτόν ὑπό τῶν αὐτοῦ ποιημάτων καί ἀγαπᾶσθαι. Κινητικόν δέ φησιν, ὡς κινοῦντα ἕκαστα κατά τόν οἰκεῖον λόγον πρός αὐτόν ἐπιστρέφεσθαι. Τό δέ τῆς προαγωγίας ὄνομα, εἰ καί παρά τοῖς ἔξωθεν πρᾶγμα σημαίνει οὐκ εὐαγές, ἀλλ᾿ ἐνταῦθα τήν πρόξενον τῆς ἐν Θεῷ ἑνώσεώς φησι μεσιτείαν.
(πθ΄) Ἡ ἐρωτική κίνησις τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ προϋπάρχουσα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ, ἁπλῆ καί ἀκίνητος οὖσα, καί ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ προϊοῦσα, αὖθις ἐπί τό αὐτό ἐπιστρέφει, ἀτελεύτητος καί ἄναρχος οὖσα· ὅπερ δηλοῖ τήν ἡμῶν ἀεικίνητον ἔφεσιν πρός τό θεῖον καί ἕνωσιν. Ἡ γάρ πρός Θεόν ἀγαπητική ἕνωσις, πάσης ἐξῄρηται καί ὑπέρκειται ἑνώσεως.
By the very fact that the love of affection pours forth from him, he who is its begetter is said to be moved; but by the fact that he is the true object of love and affection and longing and choice, he moves those who look toward him, and those in whom is the power of longing, in proportion to themselves.
(88) Understand that God is leading and moving toward loving union in the Spirit—that is, the mediator of this union and the one who joins us to it—so that he may be loved and cherished by his own creatures. He calls him moving, as moving each thing according to its own principle to turn back toward him. The name of leading, even if among those outside it signifies a thing that is not wholesome, here means the mediation that brings about union in God.
(89) The loving movement of the good, pre-existing in the good, being simple and unmoved, and proceeding from the good, turns back again to the same, being endless and without beginning; which shows our ceaseless motion toward the divine and union. For the loving union with God is exempt from and transcends every union.
( ΄) Τόν ἔρωτα εἴτε θεῖον εἴτε ἀγγελικόν, εἴτε νοερόν εἴτε ψυχικόν, ( εἴτε φυσικόν εἴποιμεν, ἑνωτικήν τινα καί συγκρατικήν ἐννοήσωμεν δύναμιν· τά μέν ὑπέρτερα κινοῦσαν ἐπί πρόνοιαν τῶν καταδεεστέρων· τά δέ ὁμόστοιχα πάλιν, εἰς κοινωνικήν ἀλληλουχίαν· καί ἐπ᾿ ἐσχάτων, τά ὑφειμένα πρός τήν τῶν κρειττόνων καί ὑπερκειμένων ἐπιστροφήν. ( α΄) Εἰ ἡ γνῶσις ἑνωτική τῶν ἐγνωκότων καί ἐγνωσμένων· ἡ δ᾿ ἄγνοια, μεταβολῆς ἀεί καί τῆς ἐξ αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀγνοοῦντι διαιρέσεως αἰτία, τόν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ πιστεύσαντα κατά τόν ἱερόν Λόγον, οὐδέν ἀποκινήσει τῆς κατά τήν ἀληθῆ πίστιν ἑστίας· ἐφ᾿ ᾗ τό μόνιμον ἕξει τῆς ἀκινήτου καί ἀμεταβόλου ταυτότητος. Εὖ γάρ οἶδεν ὁ πρός τήν ἀλήθειαν ἑνωθείς, ὅτι εὖ ἔχει, κἄν οἱ πολλοί νουθετοῖεν αὐτόν ὡς ἐξεστηκότα. Λανθάνει μέν γάρ ὡς εἰκός αὐτούς, ἐκ πλάνης τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τῆς ὄντως πίστεως ἐξεστηκώς, αὐτός δ᾿ ἀληθῶς οἶδεν ἑαυτόν, οὐχ ὅ φασιν ἐκεῖνοι μαινόμενον, ἀλλά τῆς ἀστάτου καί ἀλλοιωτῆς, περί τήν παντοδαπῇ τῆς πλάνης ποικιλίαν φορᾶς, διά τῆς ἁπλῆς καί ἀεί κατά τά αὐτά καί ὡσαύτως ἐχούσης ἀληθείας ἠλευθερωμένον. ( β΄) Ἀγαθοί καί φιλάνθρωποι, εὔσπλαχνοί τε καί οἰκτίρμονες γεγόνασιν οἱ ἅγιοι· μίαν πρός ἅπαν τό γένος διάθεσιν ἔχοντες ἀγάπης δειχθέντες· ὑφ᾿ ἧς τό πάντων ἐξαίρετον εἶδος τῶν ἀγαθῶν, τήν ταπείνωσιν λέγω, διά πάσης αὐτῶν τῆς ζωῆς βεβαίαν κατασχόντες, τήν φυλακτικήν μέν τῶν ἀγαθῶν, φθαρτικήν δέ τῶν ἐναντίων, οὐδενί τό παράπαν ἁλώσιμοι τῶν διοχλούντων γεγόνασι πειρασμῶν, τῶν τε ἑκουσίων καί τοῦ ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν λόγου, καί τῶν ἀκουσίων καί οὐκ ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν·
Whether we call love divine or angelic, or noetic or psychic, or natural, let us understand it as a certain unifying and conjoining power: moving the higher beings to providence for the lower; and again the beings of the same rank to a communal interconnection with one another; and finally the subordinate to a turning back toward the better and superior. If knowledge is the unification of those who know and the things known, while ignorance is always the cause of change and of division from him for the one who is ignorant, then he who has believed in truth according to the sacred Word will not be moved at all from the hearth of true faith, on which he will possess the stability of an unmoved and unchanging identity. For he who has been united to the truth knows well that he is well, even if the many admonish him as one who has gone out of his mind. For it escapes them, as is likely, that it is from error that he has gone out of his mind to the truth of true faith, but he truly knows himself—not as those men say, a madman, but as one freed by the simple truth, which always remains the same and in the same state, from the unstable and changeable motion amid the manifold variety of error. The saints have become good and lovers of mankind, compassionate and merciful, having shown toward the whole race a single disposition of love; by this they held fast through their whole life the most excellent form of all goods—I mean humility—sure and firm, which preserves goods and destroys their opposites, and they became altogether uncapturable by any of the temptations that trouble us, whether those that are voluntary and within our own power, or those that are involuntary and not within our own power.
τῷ τοῖς μέν, δι᾿ ἐγκράτειαν ἀπομαραίνειν τάς ἐπαναστάσεις· τῶν δέ, δι᾿ ὑπομονῆς τάς προσβολάς ἀποσείεσθαι.
( ( γ΄) Τήν μέν τελείαν πρᾶξιν τῆς ἀρετῆς, πίστις ὀρθή ποιεῖ, καί φόβος εἰς Θεόν ἀνόθευτος· τήν δέ κατά τήν ἀνάβασιν ἄπταιστον φυσικήν
θεωρίαν, ἐλπίς βεβαία καί ἀλώβητος σύνεσις· τήν δέ κατά τήν ἀνάληψιν θέωσιν, ἀγάπη τελεία, καί νοῦς τοῖς οὖσι καθ᾿ ὑπεροχήν πάμπαν ἑκουσίως πεπηρωμένος. ( δ΄) Τῆς μέν πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας ἔργον εἶναί φασι, πάσης τόν νοῦν ἐμπαθοῦς φαντασίας καθαρόν καταστῆσαι· τῆς δέ φυσικῆς θεωρίας, πάσης τῆς ἐν τοῖς οὖσι καθ᾿ ἥν αἰτίαν ὑπάρχουσιν, ἀληθοῦς γνώσεως αὐτόν ἐπιστήμονα δεῖξαι· τῆς δέ θεολογικῆς μυσταγωγίας, ὅμοιον Θεῷ καί ἴσον ὡς ἐφικτόν, τῇ χάριτι κατά τήν ἕξιν ποιῆσαι, μηδενός τό σύνολον ἔτι τῶν μετά Θεόν, διά τήν ὑπεροχήν ὄντα νοήμονα.
( ε΄) Ὁπέρ ἐστιν ὁ αἰθήρ, ἤγουν τό πύριον στοιχεῖον, ἐν τῷ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν κόσμῳ, τοῦτο ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τῆς διανοίας ἐστίν ἡ φρόνησις, ὡς ἕξις φωτιστική, καί τῶν ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστου τῶν ὄντων ἰδίως πνευματικῶν λόγων ὑποδεκτική [ ἀποδεκτική], τήν ἐν ὅλοις ἀπλανῶς αἰτίαν δι᾿ αὐτῶν ἐκφαίνουσα, καί τῆς κατά ψυχήν περί τό θεῖον ἐφέσεως ἑλκτική· καί ὅπερ ἐν τῷ αἰσθητῷ κόσμῳ ἐστίν ὁ ἀήρ, τοῦτο ἐν τῷ κατά διάνοιαν κόσμῳ ἐστίν ἡ ἀνδρεία, ὡς ἕξις κινητική καί τῆς ἐμφύτου κατά πνεῦμα ζωῆς συνεκτική τε ἅμα καί δραστική, καί τῆς κατά ψυχήν περί τό θεῖον ἀεικινησίας τονωτική·
by means of these: on the one hand, to wither away the uprisings through self-control; on the other, to shake off the assaults through endurance.
(3) Right faith and undefiled fear toward God produce the perfect practice of virtue; a firm hope and unblemished understanding produce the faultless natural contemplation that pertains to ascent; and perfect love, together with a mind that has wholly and willingly blinded itself to beings by way of transcendence, produce the deification that pertains to assumption.
(4) They say that the work of practical philosophy is to render the mind pure of every passionate fantasy; that the work of natural contemplation is to show it to be knowledgeable of the true knowledge of all things in beings, according to the cause by which they exist; and that the work of theological mystagogy is to make it like and equal to God, as far as is attainable, by grace, in its state, while it is still wholly mindful of none of the things after God, because of the transcendence.
(5) What the aether, that is, the fiery element, is in the sensible world, that prudence is in the world of thought, as an illuminating state and receptive of the spiritual principles proper to each of beings, revealing through them the cause in all things without error, and drawing the soul's longing toward the divine; and what the air is in the sensible world, that courage is in the world of thought, as a moving state, both cohesive and active of the innate life according to the spirit, and strengthening the soul's ceaseless motion toward the divine.
καί ὅπερ ἐν τῷ αἰσθητῷ κόσμῳ ἐστί τό ὕδωρ, τοῦτο ἐν τῷ τῆς διανοίας κόσμῳ ἐστίν ἡ σωφροσύνη, ἕξιν ὑπάρχουσα τῆς ἐν πνεύματι ζωτικῆς γονιμότητος ποιητική, καί τῆς ἀειβλύστου κατά τήν ἔφεσιν περί τό θεῖον ἐρωτικῆς θέλξεως γεννητική· καί ὅπερ ἐν τῷ αἰσθητῷ κόσμῳ ἐστίν ἡ γῆ, τοῦτο ἐν τῷ τῆς διανοίας κόσμῳ ἐστίν ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἕξις ὑπάρχουσα κατ᾿ εἶδος γεννητική πάντων τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι λόγων, καί τῆς ἐν πνεύματι κατά τῷ ἴσον ἑκάστῳ ζωτικῆς διαδόσεως ἀπονεμητική· καί τῆς οἰκείας ἐν τῷ καλῷ κατά τήν θέσιν βάσεως ἀμετάθετος [, μετάθετος] ἵδρυσις.
( στ΄) Ὅσπερ σαρκός εὐεκτούσης καί πιαινομένης, τοῖς πάθεσιν ( ἡ ψυχή βασανίζεται καί σκοτίζεται, τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν ἕξεως καί τοῦ φωτισμοῦ τῆς γνώσεως ὑποχωρούντων· οὕτω καί τῆς ψυχῆς τῷ θείῳ κάλλει τῶν ἀρετῶν, καί τῷ φωτισμῷ τῆς γνώσεως φρουρουμένης τε καί λαμπρυνομένης, ὁ ἔξω ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται, τῆς σαρκός διά τήν ἐπιδημίαν τοῦ λόγου τήν φυσικήν εὐεξίαν ἀποβαλλομένης.
And what water is in the sensible world, this temperance is in the world of the mind, being a habit productive of the life-giving fruitfulness in the spirit, and generative of the ever-flowing erotic delight toward the divine in desire; and what earth is in the sensible world, this righteousness is in the world of the mind, being a habit generative according to species of all the principles in beings, and distributing the life-giving impartation in the spirit equally to each; and it is the unchangeable establishment of its own foundation in the good according to position.
(6) Just as, when the flesh is in good condition and fattened, the soul is tormented and darkened by the passions, the habit of the virtues and the illumination of knowledge withdrawing; so also, when the soul is guarded and made radiant by the divine beauty of the virtues and by the illumination of knowledge, the outer man is corrupted, the flesh, because of the coming of the word, casting off its natural good condition.
( ζ΄) Οὐκ ἦν δυνατόν ἄλλως υἱόν ἀποδειχθῆναι Θεοῦ καί Θεόν κατά τήν χάριτος θέωσιν, τόν γενόμενον ἄνθρωπον, μή πρότερον κατά προαίρεσιν γεννηθέντα τῷ πνεύματι, διά τήν ἑνοῦσαν αὐτῷ φυσικῶς αὐτοκίνητον καί ἀδέσποτον δύναμιν· ἥν τινα θεοποιόν καί θείαν καί ἄϋλον γέννησιν, διά τό προτιμῆσαι τῶν νοουμένων καί ἀδήλων τέως ἀγαθῶν τό κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν τερπνόν καί ἐπίδηλον, παραλιπών ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος, τήν ἐκ σωμάτων εἰκότως ἀπροαίρετον καί ὑλικήν καί ἐπίκηρον ἔχει καταδικάζεται γένεσιν. ( η΄) Κινεῖται νῦν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἤ περί φαντασίας ἀλόγους παθῶν ἐξ ἀπάτης διά φιληδονίαν· ἤ περί λόγους τεχνῶν ἐκ περιστάσεως διά τήν χρείαν· ἤ περί φυσικούς λόγους ἐκ τοῦ νόμου τῆς φύσεως διά μάθησιν· ὧν οὐδέν κατ᾿ ἀρχάς ἐξανάγκης εἷλκε τόν ἄνθρωπον, εἰκότως, ὑπεράνω πάντων γενόμενον. Οὕτω γάρ ἔπρεπεν εἶναι τόν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς, μηδενί τό σύνολον περισπώμενον τῶν μετ᾿ αὐτόν, ἤ περί αὐτόν, ἤ κατ᾿ αὐτόν, καί πρός τελείωσιν ἑνός μόνου προσδεόμενον, τῆς πρός τόν ὑπέρ αὐτόν, φημί δέ τόν Θεόν, καθ᾿ ὅλην τήν ἀγαπητικήν δύναμιν ἀσχέτου κινήσεως.
(7) It was not possible for the one who became man to be shown to be a son of God and God by the deification of grace in any other way, unless he had first been born by the Spirit in his free choice, on account of the self-moving and unmastered power that naturally resides in him. This power is a deifying, divine, and immaterial birth, which the first man passed over because he preferred the pleasant and visible according to sense over the good things that are understood and, for a time, unseen; and so he is justly condemned to the involuntary, material, and perishable birth that comes from bodies. (8) Man is now moved either by irrational fantasies of the passions arising from deception through love of pleasure, or by the principles of the arts arising from circumstance through need, or by natural principles arising from the law of nature through learning. None of these drew man by necessity in the beginning, and rightly so, since he had come to be above them all. For thus it was fitting for the one from the beginning to be, not being drawn aside at all by any of the things that come after him, or around him, or according to him, and needing only one thing for perfection: the unrestrained movement toward the One who is above him—I mean God—with the whole of his loving power.
( θ΄) Οὐδέν εἶχεν ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος μεταξύ Θεοῦ καί αὐτοῦ προβεβλημένον πρός εἴδησιν, καί κωλύον τήν δι᾿ ἀγάπης αὐθαίρετον κατά τήν πρός Θεόν κίνησιν γεννησομένην συγγένειαν. ( Ἀπαθής γάρ χάριτι ὤν, ἀπάτην παθῶν φαντασίας δι᾿ ἡδονῆς οὐ προσίετο· καί ἀπροσδεής [ προσδεής]
ὑπάρχων, τῆς περί τέχνας περιστατικῆς ἀνάγκης διά τήν χρείαν, ἐλεύθερος ἦν· καί σοφός ὤν, τῆς περί τήν φύσιν θεωρίας ὑπεράνω καθειστήκει διά τήν γνῶσιν. (ρ΄) Ὁ πᾶσαν μετά σοφίας τήν φύσιν ὑποστήσας Θεός, καί πρός τήν ἑκάστου τῶν λογικῶν οὐσιῶν δύναμιν τήν αὐτοῦ γνῶσιν κρυφίως ἐνθέμενος, δέδωκε καί ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ὡς μεγαλόδωρος Δεσπότης, κατά φύσιν τόν εἰς αὐτόν πόθον καί ἔρωτα, συνεπιπλέξας αὐτῷ φυσικῶς τοῦ λόγου τήν δύναμιν· ἐφ᾿ ᾧ δυνηθῆναι μετά ῥαστώνης γνῶναι τούς τρόπους τῆς τοῦ πόθου πληρώσεως, καί μή παρασφαλέντας διαμαρτεῖν οὗ τυχεῖν ἀγωνιζόμεθα. Κατά τοῦτον οὖν κινούμενοι τόν πόθον, περί τε τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτῆς καί τῆς εὐτάκτως τοῖς ὅλοις ἐμφαινομένης σοφίας τε καί διοικήσεως, ζητεῖν ἐναγόμεθα, ἐκείνου τυχεῖν διά τούτων γλιχόμενοι, οὗ χάριν τόν πόθον ἐλάβομεν.
(9) The first man had nothing interposed between God and himself for knowledge, nothing to hinder the kinship that was to be born through love by his self-chosen movement toward God. For being impassible by grace, he did not admit the deception of the imagination through pleasure; and being without need, he was free from the circumstantial necessity of crafts because of want; and being wise, he stood above the contemplation of nature because of his knowledge. (10) God, who established all nature with wisdom and secretly implanted his knowledge in each rational essence according to its capacity, has also given to us human beings, as a greatly generous Master, the longing and love for him according to nature, having naturally woven together with it the power of reason, so that by it we might be able with ease to know the ways of the fulfillment of that longing, and, not going astray, fail to miss what we strive to attain. Moved, then, by this longing, we are led to inquire about the truth itself and about the wisdom and governance that is orderly manifest in all things, longing to attain through these that for the sake of which we received the longing.
Τέλος Μαξίμου τῶν θείων κεφαλαίων.
ΕΤΕΡΑ ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΑ * ΣΤΙΧΟΙ Πηγήν νάουσαν ἠθικῶν δρόσον λόγων, Ἐνταῦθ᾿ ἐφεύρεις, εἰ μετέλθῆς γνησίως, Ὁμολογητοῦ Μαξίμου πόνους, φίλε.
Ἀσπάζου δ᾿ αὐτούς, καί μαθήσῃ τό κέρδος.
( (α΄) Ἔπεστι παντί Χριστιανῷ τῷ ὀρθῶς πιστεύοντι εἰς Θεόν, μή ἀμεριμνεῖν· ἀλλά πάντοτε προσδοκᾶν καί ἐκδέχεσθαι πειρασμόν· ἵνα ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μή ξενίζηται μηδέ ταράσσηται· ἀλλ᾿ εὐχαρίστως ὑπομένειν τόν κόπον τῆς θλίψεως, καί ἐννοεῖν τί ψάλλων σύν τῷ Προφήτῃ λέγει· Δοκίμασόν με, Κύριε, καί πείρασόν με. Καί οὐκ εἶπεν· Ὅτι ἡ παιδεία σου κατέστρεψέ με, ἀλλά, ἀνώρθωσέ με εἰς τέλος. (β΄) Ἀρχή μέν καλοῦ, φόβος Θεοῦ· τέλος δέ, ὁ πόθος αὐτοῦ. Ἀρχή παντός ἀγαθοῦ λόγος ἔμπρακτος, καί πρᾶξις ἐλλόγιμος. Διό, οὔτε πρᾶξις λόγου χωρίς, ἀγαθή· οὔτε λόγος πράξεως ἄνευ, ὁ προερχόμενος. (γ΄) Πρᾶξις ἐστί, σώματος μεν, νηστεία καί ἀγρυπνία· στόματος δέ, ψαλμῳδία· ψαλμῳδίας δέ κρεῖττον, εὐχή· καί σιωπή, λόγου τιμιωτέρα. Καί χειρῶν πρᾶξις, τό ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνων ἀγογγύστως γινόμενον. Ποδῶν δέ, τό δι᾿ αὐτῶν ἐκ πρώτης ἐπιτροπῆς ( ἀνυόμενον. Ψυχῆς δέ πρᾶξις, ἐγκράτεια σύν ἁπλότητι, καί ἁπλότης τῇ ἐγκρατείᾳ ἐνεργουμένη. Τοῦ δέ νοός, ἡ ἐν θεωρίᾳ εὐχή, καί ἐν εὐχῇ θεωρία τοῦ Θεοῦ.
The end of Maximus's Divine Chapters.
OTHER CHAPTERS * VERSES A spring that gushes forth the dew of ethical words, here you will find, if you pursue them sincerely, the labors of Maximus the Confessor, friend.
Greet them, and you will learn the profit.
(1) It is incumbent on every Christian who rightly believes in God not to be free from care, but always to expect and await temptation, so that when it comes he may not be taken by surprise or thrown into confusion, but may endure the toil of affliction with thanksgiving, and consider what he says when he sings with the Prophet: "Test me, O Lord, and try me." And he did not say, "For your discipline has overthrown me," but "has set me upright to the end." (2) The beginning of what is good is the fear of God; its end is the longing for him. The beginning of every good is a word put into practice, and reasoned action. Therefore neither is action without reason good, nor is the word that proceeds without action. (3) Action, for the body, is fasting and vigil; for the mouth, psalmody; and better than psalmody is prayer; and silence is more honorable than speech. And the action of the hands is what is done by them without grumbling. And of the feet, what is accomplished by them from the first impulse. And the action of the soul is self-control with simplicity, and simplicity worked out with self-control. And of the mind, prayer in contemplation, and in prayer the contemplation of God.
(δ΄) Προηγεῖται πασῶν ἀρετῶν, ἔλεος καί ἀλήθεια, ὧν κύημα ἡ ταπείνωσις, καί ἡ ἐκ ταύτης κατά τούς Πατέρας προσγινομένη διάκρισις. Ἧς ἄνευ, οὐδ᾿ ἑτέρα τό αὐτῆς ἰδεῖν πέρας δυνήσεται. (ε΄) Ἡ μέν πρᾶξις τόν τοῦ λόγου ζυγόν ἀτιμάζουσα, ᾧδε κἀκεῖσε περί τά ἀνωφελῆ, οἷά τις δάμαλις περιπλανωμένη εὑρίσκεται· ὁ δέ λόγος, τῆς πρακτικῆς τούς ἐντίμους χιτῶνας ἀποποιούμενος, οὐκ εὐσχήμων, κἄν τοιοῦτος εἶναι πως τό δοκεῖν σχηματίζεται.
Τό κείμενο προέρχεται ἀπό τήν πατρολογία τοῦ, τόμος ος (τό δακτυλογράφησε ἡ μητέρα τοῦ π. Ἀρσενίου Μέσκου), σέ ἀντιπαράθεση μέ τό κείμενο τῶν ἐκδόσεων ʺΤΟ ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟΝʺ τῆς σειρᾶς ʺΓΡΗΓΟΡΙΟΣ Ο ΠΑΛΑΜΑΣʺ Θεσσαλονίκη *
1992, ΦΙΛΟΚΑΛΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΝΗΠΤΙΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΑΣΚΗΤΙΚΩΝ, τόμος Δ.
(στ΄) Ἡ ἀνδρεία ψυχή, ὡς γυνή, παρ᾿ ὅλον αὐτῆς τόν βίον, εἰς δύο λύχνους, τό πρακτικόν τε καί θεωρητικόν, καιομένους κατέχουσα, πράττει τά ὀφειλόμενα· τά ἐναντία δέ πάλιν, ἡ παρειμένη ταῖς ἡδοναῖς. (ζ΄) Οὐκ ἀρκεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ πρός τελείαν κακίας ἀπαλλαγήν, ἡ ἑκούσιος κακοπάθεια, εἰ μή καί διά τῆς ἀκουσίου ἐκπυρουμένη μή διαλύηται. (η΄) Οἷά τις μάχαιρα ἡ ψυχή πρός τελείαν κακίας ἀπαλλαγήν, εἰ μή διά πυρός διέλθῃ καί ὕδατος, τουτέστιν ἑκουσίων πόνων καί ἀκουσίων, ἄθραυστος ταῖς ἀντιτυπίαις τῶν συμβαινόντων οὐ συντηρεῖται. (θ΄) Ὥσπερ τῶν ἑκουσίων πειρασμῶν, τρία εἰσί τά καθολικώτερα αἴτια· ὑγεία, πλοῦτος καί εὔκλεια· οὕτω καί τά τῶν ἀκουσίων τρία εἰσί· ζημίαι, ἀσθένειαι καί λοιδορίαι. Γίνονται δέ ταῦτα τισίν, εἰς οἰκοδομήν· τισί δέ, εἰς καθαίρεσιν.
(4) Mercy and truth precede all the virtues, and humility is their offspring, and the discernment that comes from it, according to the Fathers. Without it, no other virtue can see its own end. (5) Practice that dishonors the yoke of the word is found wandering here and there around useless things, like a heifer; but the word, rejecting the honorable garments of the practical life, is unseemly, even if it somehow puts on the appearance of being such.
The text comes from the Patrologia, volume 91 (typed by the mother of Fr. Arsenios Meskos), in comparison with the text of the "TO BYZANTION" editions of the "GREGORY PALAMAS" series, Thessaloniki.
1992, PHILOKALIA OF THE NEPTIC AND ASCETIC FATHERS, volume 4.
(6) The courageous soul, like a woman, throughout her whole life holding two lamps burning, the practical and the contemplative, does what is required; and the opposite is true of the soul that is slackened by pleasures. (7) Voluntary hardship is not enough for the soul for a complete deliverance from evil, unless, being purified through involuntary hardship as well, it is not dissolved. (8) Like a sword, the soul is not preserved unbroken by the resistances of what happens, for a complete deliverance from evil, unless it passes through fire and water, that is, through voluntary and involuntary labors. (9) Just as there are three more general causes of voluntary temptations—health, wealth, and good repute—so too there are three of involuntary ones: losses, illnesses, and insults. And these things happen to some for building up, and to others for tearing down.
(ι΄) Παρυφέστηκε ψυχῇ μέν, ἐπιθυμία καί λύπη σώματι δέ, ( ἡδονή καί ὀδύνη. Αἴτιον δέ, τῆς μέν ὀδύνης, ἡ ἡδονή· θέλοντες γάρ ἐκφυγεῖν τήν κατά τήν ὀδύνην ἐπίπονον αἴσθησιν, πρός τήν ἡδονήν καταφεύγομεν· λύπης δέ, ἐπιθυμία ἤ ἀῤῥωστία.
(ια΄) Ἐνδιάθετον μέν ὁ ἐνάρετος κέκτηται τό καλόν· περινενοημένον δέ, ὁ κενόδοξος. Τό δέ κακόν, ὁ μέν σπουδαῖος, ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς ἔχει· κατά βάθους δέ, ὁ φιλήδονος.
(ιβ΄) Ὀλιγάκις μέν καί οὐκ ἐπιμελῶς εὑρίσκεται πρός τό κακόν, ὁ τοῦτο μισῶν· πλεονάκις δέ καί προσεκτικώτερον, ὁ ἔτι ταῖς αἰτίαις ἐκείνου προσκείμενος. (ιγ΄) Οἷς μή κατά πρόθεσιν τό μετανοεῖν, τούτοις συνεχές καί τό πλημμελεῖν· οἷς δέ παρά πρόθεσιν τό ἁμαρτάνειν, ἐμπληροφόρητος ἡ μετάνοια, καί τό αἴτιον ταύτης οὐχί συχνόν.
(ιδ΄) Αἴσθησις καί συνείδησις, λόγῳ τῷ κατά προφοράν συνερχέσθω, ὅπως ὁ εἰρηκώς θεῖος λόγος, ἐν μέσῳ τούτων εὑρίσκεσθαι, μή καταισχύνηται, διά τῆς προπετείας ἤ ἀμετρίας τῶν λεγομένων ἤ πραττομένων. (ιε΄) Οὐχ᾿ ὁ τοῖς ἔργοις μή ἀδικῶν τήν ψυχήν αὐτοῦ, οὗτος καί τοῖς λόγοις ἀμίαντον συνετήρησεν. Οὐ δέ ὁ τούτους φυλάττων, ἤδη καί λογισμούς οὐκ ἐμόλυνεν. Ὁ γάρ ἁμαρτάνων, τριττῶς τοῦτο πράττει. (ιστ΄) Οὐ δυνήσῃ τό πρόσωπον τῆς ἀρετῆς κατιδεῖν, ἡδέως ἔτι τό τῆς κακίας κατανοῶν. Μισητόν δέ τότε φανεῖται τό δεύτερον, ὅτε τοῦ πρώτου ἐπιθυμήσεις τήν γεῦσιν, καί τοσαύτης τήν ὄψιν ἀποξενώσεις μορφῆς. (ιζ΄) Διά τῶν λογισμῶν, οὐ τῶν πραγμάτων προηγουμένως πολεμοῦσιν οἱ δαίμονες τήν ψυχήν. Αὐτά γάρ καθ᾿ αὐτά, ἀναγκαῖα ( τά πράγματα. Καί τῶν μέν πραγμάτων, ἡ ἀκοή αἰτία καί ὅρασις·
(10) Desire and grief attend the soul, while pleasure and pain attend the body. The cause of pain is pleasure; for wishing to escape the toilsome sensation of pain, we take refuge in pleasure. The cause of grief is desire or weakness.
(11) The virtuous man possesses the good as an inward disposition; the vainglorious man as something revolved in his mind. The serious man has evil on the surface; the pleasure-lover has it in the depths.
(12) He who hates evil is found to be inclined to it rarely and without diligence; but he who still clings to its causes, more often and more attentively. (13) For those whose repentance is not according to purpose, transgression also is continual; but for those whose sinning is contrary to purpose, repentance is fully assured, and its cause is not frequent.
(14) Let perception and conscience come together with the spoken word, so that the divine Word who has spoken may not be put to shame by being found in their midst, through the rashness or excess of what is said or done. (15) Not only he who does not wrong his soul by deeds, but this man has also kept it undefiled by words. But he who guards these has not thereby already kept his thoughts unstained. For he who sins does this in three ways. (16) You will not be able to behold the face of virtue while you still take pleasure in contemplating that of vice. The latter will then appear hateful when you have desired the taste of the former, and have estranged yourself from the sight of so great a form. (17) The demons war against the soul primarily through thoughts, not through things. For things in themselves are necessary. And of things, hearing and sight are the cause.
τῶν δέ λογισμῶν, ἡ συνήθεια καί οἱ δαίμονες.
(ιη΄) Τριττόν μέν, τό ἁμαρτητικόν μέρος τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐν ἔργοις καί λόγοις καί λογισμοῖς εὑρισκόμενον. Ἐξοδικόν δέ, τό ἀναμαρτησίας καλόν. Ἀπταίστους γάρ τάς πέντε αἰσθήσεις καί τόν προφορικόν συντηρεῖν δεῖ λόγον. Ἐν οἷς ὁ μή πταίων, ἀνήρ φησι τέλειος, δυνατός χαλιναγωγῆσαι καί τά μέλη τοῦ σώματος. (ιθ΄) Ἐξαχῶς τό ἄλογον μέρος διαιρεῖται τῆς ψυχῆς· εἴς τε τάς πέντε αἰσθήσεις, καί εἰς τόν κατά προφοράν λόγον, ὅς συνδιαιρεῖται μέν ἀδιαιρέτως τῷ πάσχοντι, ἀπαθής ὤν· ἀναμάττεται δέ τήν αὐτοῦ κακίαν παθητικός εὑρισκόμενος. (κ΄) Οὐ δύναται οὔτε σῶμα καθαρθῆναι νηστείας καί ἀγρυπνίας χωρίς· οὔτε ἐλέους καί ἀληθείας ψυχή· ἀλλ᾿ οὔτε νοῦς ἄνευ θεωρίας καί ὁμιλίας Θεοῦ. Αὗται γάρ αἱ συζυγίαι, ἐν τούτοις ἐπισημόταται. (κα΄) Κυκλοφορουμένη ταῖς εἰρημέναις ἀρεταῖς ἡ ψυχή, ἀπερικτύπητον τό ταύτης ἐκ πειρασμῶν καθίστησι φρούριον· ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονή· Ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν γάρ κτήσασθε τάς ψυχάς ὑμῶν, ὁ Λόγος φησίν. Εἰ δέ ἑτέρως ἐχόμενα εἴη, οἷά
Of thoughts, the cause is habit and the demons.
(18) The sinful part of the soul is threefold, being found in deeds, words, and thoughts. The Exodus-like part is the beauty of sinlessness. For one must keep the five senses and the uttered word free from stumbling. In these things, he says, the man who does not stumble is perfect, able to bridle also the members of the body. (19) The irrational part of the soul is divided in six ways: into the five senses, and into the word according to utterance, which is divided together indivisibly with the one who suffers, being itself impassible; but it is stained with his vice when it is found in a passive state. (20) Neither can the body be purified without fasting and vigils, nor the soul without mercy and truth, nor indeed the mind without contemplation and converse with God. For these pairings are most distinctly marked in these things. (21) The soul, being circled about by the virtues just mentioned, makes its fortress from temptations unassailable; which is patience. For, the Word says, in your patience possess your souls. But if they are held otherwise, such as
τις πόλις ἀτείχιστος, καί ὑπό τῶν πόῤῥωθεν ψόφων, δειλίας μοχλοῖς κατασείεσθε εἴωθεν.
(κβ΄) Οὐχ ὅσοι εἰς τά κατά λόγον εἰσί φρόνιμοι, οὗτοι καί εἰς τά κατ᾿ ἔννοιαν· ὅσοι δέ εἰς τά κατ᾿ ἔννοιαν, οὗτοι καί εἰς τά κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἔξωθεν εὑρεθήσονται. Εἰ γάρ καί πάντας ὑποφόρους ἔχει ἡ αἴσθησις, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὁμοίους αὐτῇ τούς φόρους ἀποδιδόασιν. ( Ἐξ ἀφελότητος γάρ οἱ πλείους εἰς τά κατ᾿ αὐτήν τιμᾷν αὐτήν ὡς αὐτή ἀπατεῖ οὐκ ἐπίστανται. (κγ΄) Τῇ φύσει ἄτμητος οὖσα ἡ φρόνησις, τέμνεται εἰς διαφόρους τομάς. ᾯ μέν γάρ δίδοται πλέον, ᾧ δέ ἔλαττον μέρος αὐτῆς· ἕως αὐξηθεῖσα ἡ πρακτική ἀρετή, συνδρόμους τε αὐτῇ τάς γενικάς (ἔχουσα) ἀρετάς, τό ἐνδεχόμενον ἑκάστῃ ἀποπληρώσει καλόν. Οἱ πλείους γάρ κατά τήν ἔλλειψιν τῆς ἐμπράκτου ζωῆς, καί τό φρονεῖν ἐκληρώσαντο.
(κδ΄) Εἰς μέν τά κατά φύσιν, ὀλίγοι φρόνιμοι εὑρεθήσονται· εἰς δέ τά παρά φύσιν, πολλοί. Δέει γάρ τῷ περί αὐτά ὅλην αὐτῶν τήν φυσικήν φρόνησιν ἐκκενώσαντες, ἔχουσιν ἐκεῖ μέν τό φρονεῖν ὀλίγον· τό πλεῖστον δέ ἐν τοῖς περιττοῖς, καί οὐ τῇ φύσει ἐπαινετοῖς.
Who is a city without walls, and is accustomed to be shaken by the bars of cowardice at noises from afar?
(22) Not all who are prudent in matters according to reason are also prudent in matters according to thought; but those who are prudent in matters according to thought will be found so also in matters according to sense from without. For even if sense has all things subject to tribute, they do not pay the same tribute to it. For from simplicity, the many do not know how to honor it in matters according to it as it demands. (23) Prudence, being by nature indivisible, is divided into various divisions. For to one a greater part of it is given, to another a lesser part; until practical virtue, having grown, and having the general virtues running together with it, fulfills the good possible for each. For the many, because of the deficiency of their active life, have also obtained a share of prudence.
(24) In matters according to nature, few will be found prudent; but in matters contrary to nature, many. For having emptied out all their natural prudence in fear concerning these things, they have little prudence there, but the most in superfluous things, and things not praiseworthy by nature.
(κε΄) Τῆς εὐλόγου σιωπῆς, ὁ καιρός καί τό μέτρον συνεστιάτορες· πανδαισία δέ τούτου γίνεται ἡ ἀλήθεια· καθ᾿ ἥν ὁ τοῦ ψεύδους πατήρ ἐπί ψυχήν ἀποδημοῦσαν ἐρχόμενος, εὑρίσκει ἐπιζητουμένων οὐδέν. (κστ΄) Ἐλεήμων ἀληθής, οὐχ ὁ παρέχων ἑκουσίως τά περιττά, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ συγχωρῶν τά ἀναγκαῖα τοῖς ἀφαρπάζουσιν.
(κζ΄) Οἱ μέν τῷ ἔνυλῳ πλούτῳ κτῶνται τόν ἄϋλον ἐλεημοσύνης θεσμοῖς· οἱ δέ ἀΰλῳ ἀποκτῶνται τόν ἔνυλον, ἐν αἰσθήσει τοῦ ἀνεκλείπτου γενόμενοι. (κη΄) Φίλον μέν παντί, τό πλουτεῖν ἐν καλοῖς· λυπηρόν δέ, τῷ θείως πλουτήσαντι μέν, μή ἐπί πλεῖστον συγχωρηθῆναι δέ ἐνευφρανθῆναι αὐτῷ. ( (κθ΄) Ἔξωθεν μέν, ἡ ὑγεία δοκεῖ τῆς ψυχῆς· ἔνδοθεν δέ, ἐν τῷ τῆς αἰσθήσεως πυθμένι πέφυκε κρύπτεσθαι ἡ ἀῤῥωστία αὐτῆς. Εἰ δέ δεῖ πάντως ἔξωθεν μέν ἐκείνην τῷ ἀναθερισμῷ τῶν ἐλέγχων γενέσθαι, ἔνδοθεν δέ ταύτην τῷ ἀνακαινισμῷ τοῦ νοός· ἄφρων ὁ τούς ἐλέγχους ἀποσειόμενος, καί ἐν τῷ τῆς ἀναλγησίας πάντοτε ἀνακεῖσθαι νοσοκομείῳ μή αἰσχυνόμενος. (λ΄) Μή τραχυνθῆς κατά τοῦ ἀκουσίως σε χειρουργήσαντος· ἀλλά πρός τήν κενωθεῖσαν ἀηδίαν ἀποβλεψάμενος, ταλάνισον μέν ἑαυτόν· μακάρισον δέ, τόν αἴτιόν σοι ταύτης γενόμενον οἰκονομίας Θεόν. (λα΄) Μή πρός τό δεινόν ἀπευδοκήσῃς τῆς ἀῤῥωστίας σου· ἀλλά διά τῶν τῆς φιλοπονίας δραστικωτέρων φαρμάκων, πόῤῥω γενοῦ ταύτης, ὁ τῆς κατά ψυχήν ὑγείας ἐπιμελούμενος.
(25) The season and the measure of reasonable silence are its fellow-guests; and the banquet of it is truth; through which the father of falsehood, coming upon a soul that has departed, finds nothing of the things sought for. (26) The truly merciful man is not the one who willingly gives of his superfluities, but the one who forgives the necessities to those who snatch them away.
(27) Some acquire immaterial wealth by means of material wealth, according to the laws of almsgiving; others acquire material wealth by means of immaterial wealth, having come to the perception of the inexhaustible. (28) To be rich in good things is a friend to everyone; but it is painful, for one who has been divinely enriched, not to be permitted for the most part to rejoice in it. (29) Outwardly, the health of the soul seems to be; but inwardly, in the depth of the senses, its sickness is naturally hidden. But if it must by all means outwardly come to be through the reaping of reproofs, and inwardly through the renewal of the mind; foolish is the one who shakes off reproofs, and is not ashamed to lie always in the hospital of insensibility. (30) Do not be embittered against the one who has operated on you unwillingly; but looking toward the emptied unpleasantness, pity yourself; and bless God, who has become for you the cause of this dispensation. (31) Do not despair at the dread of your sickness; but through the more effective medicines of diligence, be far from it, you who take care for the health of the soul.
(λβ΄) Μή συσταλῇς ἀπό τοῦ καιρίως σε πλήττοντος· πρόσει δέ τούτῳ, καί ὑποδείξει σοι, ὅσον τό ὑποσμῆχον τήν αἴσθησίν σου κακόν, καί φάγῃ ὄψον ἡδύ τό ἐκ τῆς ὑγείας, μετά τό ἀναλωθῆναι τό ἐκ τῆς πικρίας ἀπόβλητον. (λγ΄) Ὅσον αἰσθάνῃ τῶν πόνων, τοσοῦτον ἀποδέχου τόν τούτους διά τῶν ἐλέγχων ὑποδεικνῦντά σοι. Καθάρσεως γάρ τελείας αἴτιός σοι καθίσταται· ἧς ἄνευ ἐν καθαρῷ χωρίῳ τῆς εὐχῆς οὐ δύναται γενέσθαι ὁ νοῦς. (λδ΄) Ἐν τῷ ἐλέγχεσθαι, ἤ σιωπᾷν δεῖ, ἤ ἡπίως ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ καταλέγοντι· οὐ διά τό συστῆσαι τά οἰκεῖα τόν ἐλεγχόμενον· διά δέ τό ἀναστῆσαι προσκόψαντα ἴσως, τόν ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ ἐλέγχοντα. (λε΄) Ὁ τῷ λυπήσαντι ἀδίκως πρό τοῦ προσκληθῆναι ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ εὐνοῶν, ἐζημίωται τῶν ἀνηκόντων οὐδέν. Ὁ δέ μετά τήν ( πρόσκλησιν, τῆς εὐφορίας τό ἥμισυ. Κερδαίνει δέ ὅλον τό προκαταβληθέν, ὁ μήποτε διά λύπην
ἀποσυνάγωγος εὑρισκόμενος· προστίθησι δέ καί μισθόν ἑαυτῶ, ὁ τό σφάλμα βάλλων ἐπάνω ἑαυτοῦ ἐν παντί.
(32) Do not shrink from one who strikes you at the right moment; draw near to him, and he will show you how great is the evil that tickles your senses, and you will eat the sweet relish that comes from health, after the bitter refuse has been consumed. (33) To the extent that you feel the pains, to that extent welcome the one who points them out to you through reproofs. For he becomes for you the cause of perfect purification; without which the mind cannot come to be in the pure place of prayer. (34) When being reproved, one must either be silent or answer gently the one who is enumerating one's faults—not so that the one reproved may establish his own case, but so that he may raise up the one who perhaps has stumbled, namely the one reproving in ignorance. (35) He who is well-disposed toward the one who has grieved him unjustly before being summoned by him has lost nothing of what pertains to him. But he who is well-disposed after the summons has half of the fruitfulness. But he gains the whole of what was deposited beforehand, who is never found excommunicated because of grief; and he adds reward to himself, who casts the fault upon himself in everything.
(λστ΄) Οὔτε ὁ ὑψηλόφρων ἐπιγινώσκει οἷα τά ἑαυτοῦ ἐλαττώματα, οὔτε ὁ ταπεινόφρων τά οἰκεῖα καλά. Καλύπτει γάρ, τόν μέν, ἄγνοια φαύλη· τόν δέ, θεάρεστος.
(λζ΄) Τοῖς ἰσοτίμοις ὁ ὑπερήφανος ἐν καλοῖς παραμετρεῖσθαι οὐ βούλεται· ἐν δέ τοῖς ἐναντίοις, πρός τούς ὑπερέχοντας, φορητόν τό ἑαυτοῦ παραβαλλόμενον ἡγεῖται ἐλάττωμα.
(λη΄) Ὁ μέν ψόγος στεῤῥάν· ὁ δέ ἔπαινος, ἔκλυτον τήν ψυχήν ἀπεργάζεται καί νωθροτέραν πρός τά καλά.
(λθ΄) Ὑπόστασις μέν πλούτου, χρυσός· ἀρετῆς δέ, ταπείνωσις. Ὡς οὖν ὁ χρυσοῦ ἀπορῶν πένης ἐστί, κἄν μή τοῖς ἔξωθεν φαίνηται· οὕτω ταπεινώσεως ἄνευ, ἐνάρετος οὐκ ἔσται ὁ ἀγωνιζόμενος.
(μ΄) Χρυσοῦ δίχα, ὥσπερ ἔμπορος οὐ πέφυκεν ἔμπορος, κἄν λίαν πρός ἐμπορίαν ἐστίν ἐπιτήδειος· οὕτως οὐδέ ταπεινοφροσύνης χωρίς, ἐν κατασχέσει τῶν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἡδέων εὑρεθήσεται ὁ ἀσκούμενος, κἄν πάντη τῇ ἑαυτοῦ νουνεχείᾳ θαῤῥῇ.
(μα΄) Τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ὁ ἀνιών, κατώτερος τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ φρονήματος γίνεται· ἀνώτερος δέ, ὁ ἐκείνης χωρίς, ὅς οὐδέ παραμετρεῖσθαι τοῖς ἐλαχίστοις ἑκουσίως ἀνέχεται· καί διά τοῦτο ἐν ταῖς πρωτοκλισίαις τό λυπηρόν ἐπιδείκνυται. ( (μβ΄) Καλόν τῷ ἀγωνιστῇ φρονεῖν μέν ἥττονα τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτοῦ, πράττειν δέ κρείττονα τῆς δειλίας αὐτοῦ. Οὕτω γάρ ἄν καί ἀνθρώποις αἰδέσιμος, καί Θεῷ ἐργάτης εὑρίσκεται ἀνεπαίσχυντος. (μγ΄) Ἤ κατορθοῦσθαι δεῖ πρός πάσας τάς ἐντολάς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἤ μιᾶς ἀντιποιεῖσθαι τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης, τόν δεδοιότα μή ξενόν τῶν τῷ νυμφῶνι ἀνακειμένων ὀφθῆναι.
(33) Neither does the high-minded man recognize what his own defects are, nor does the humble-minded man recognize his own good qualities. For the one is covered by a base ignorance, the other by a God-pleasing one.
(34) The proud man does not wish to be measured against his equals in good things; but in adverse circumstances, compared with those who surpass him, he considers his own defect endurable.
(35) Reproof makes the soul firm; praise makes it slack and more sluggish toward good things.
(36) The substance of wealth is gold; of virtue, humility. Therefore, just as the poor man who lacks gold is poor, even if it does not appear so from external things, so without humility the struggling man will not be virtuous.
(37) Just as without gold a merchant is not by nature a merchant, even if he is very well suited for trade, so too without humility-mindedness the ascetic will not be found in the possession of the pleasures of virtue, even if he trusts entirely in his own prudence.
(38) He who ascends by humility-mindedness becomes lower than his own opinion of himself; but he who is without it becomes higher—the one who does not willingly endure to be measured even against the least, and for this reason displays his grievousness in the chief seats.
(39) It is good for the contender to think himself less than his own labor, and to do better than his own cowardice. For thus he will be found both reverend among men and an unashamed worker for God.
(40) Either one must succeed in all the commandments of God, or one must lay claim to the single virtue of humility-mindedness—for the one who fears lest he be seen as a stranger to those who are reclining in the bridal chamber.
(μδ΄) Μίξον τῇ ἁπλότητι τήν ἐγκράτειαν· καί σύζευξον τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλήθειαν, καί ὀφθείσῃ δικαιοσύνῃ συνέστιος· ᾗ ὡς ἐπί τραπέζης, ἄλλη πᾶσα φιλεῖ ἐπισυνάγεσθαι ἀρετή.
(με΄) Τυφλή τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης χωρίς ἡ ἀλήθεια. Διά τοῦτο καί τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ χρῆται παιδαγωγῷ, ἐρεῖσαι μέν αὐτῇ ἐπί τι μοχθούσῃ, μή εὑρισκούσῃ δέ, εἰ μή τό τῆς μνησικακίας ὀχύρωμα.
(μστ΄) Ἥθος χρηστόν, ὡραιότητα μαρτυρεῖ ἀρετῆς· μελῶν δέ εὐστάθεια, εἰρηναίαν ψυχήν.
(μζ΄) Πρῶτον μέν καλόν, τό ἐν μηδενί μέρει πταίειν. Δεύτερον δέ, τό μή αἰδοῖ κατακαλύπτειν τό σφάλμα αὐτοῦ· μή τε μήν, ἀναιδεύεσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ, μᾶλλον δέ ταπεινοῦσθαι, καί κατηγορούμενον ἑαυτοῦ συγκατηγορεῖν, καί δέχεσθαι ἀσμένως τό ἐπιτίμιον. Τούτου δέ μή γινομένου, ἀνίσχυρον ἅπαν τό τῷ Θεῷ προφερόμενον. (μη΄) Πρός τῇ ἑκουσίῳ κακοπαθείᾳ, χρή καί τήν ἀκούσιον καταδέχεσθαι· τήν ἐκ διαβολῶν λέγω, ζημιῶν τε καί ἀσθενειῶν. Ταῦτα γάρ ὁ μή καταδεχόμενος, ἀλλά δυσπετῶν, ὅμοιός ἐστι τῷ μή μετά ἁλός, μετά δέ μέλιτος μόνου βουλομένου ἐσθίειν τόν ( ἄρτον αὐτοῦ· ὅς οὐ πάντοτε μέν τήν ἡδονήν ἔχει σύντροφον, τόν δέ κόρον ἀεί γείτονα κέκτηται.
(44) Mix self-control with simplicity, and join truth to humility, and you will be seen to be a table-companion of righteousness; and at her table, as it were, every other virtue loves to gather together.
(45) Truth without humility is blind. Therefore it uses contradiction as a pedagogue, striving to establish itself on something, but finding nothing except the stronghold of resentment.
(46) A good character bears witness to the beauty of virtue; and the steadiness of the members, to a peaceful soul.
(47) First, it is good to stumble in no part. Second, not to cover one's own fault with shame, nor yet to be shameless in it, but rather to be humbled, and when accused to accuse oneself along with it, and to accept the penalty gladly. But if this does not happen, everything that is offered to God is without strength. (48) In addition to voluntary hardship, one must also accept involuntary hardship—I mean that which comes from slanders, losses, and illnesses. For the one who does not accept these but chafes at them is like a man who wants to eat his bread not with salt but with honey alone; such a man does not always have pleasure as his companion, but always has satiety as his neighbor.
(μθ΄) Δεσπότης ὤν, δούλου σχῆμα περιβαλλόμενος φαίνεται, ὁ τό διεῤῥωγός πλύνων τοῦ πλησίον λόγοις ἐνθέοις ἱμάτιον, ἤ καταῤῥάπτων ταῖς μεταδόσεσι. Σκοπείτω δέ ὁ τοῦτο ποιῶν, μή ποτε διά τό ὡς δοῦλος τοῦτο τελεῖν, προσαπολέσῃ σύν τῷ μισθῷ, καί τό προσόν αὐτῷ τῆς ἐξουσίας διά κενοδοξίας ἀξίωμα.
(ν΄) Ὥσπερ ἡ πίστις ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις πέφυκεν, οὕτω ψυχῆς μέν, ἡ φρόνησις· ἀρετῆς δέ, ἡ ταπείνωσις. Καί θαῦμα, πῶς τά αὐτοτελῆ, τῶν συμβεβηκότων δίχα ἀτελῆ καθεστήκασι.
(να΄) Κύριος φυλάξοι τήν εἴσοδόν σου, φησί, καί τήν ἔξοδόν σου· τήν τῶν βρωμάτων δηλονότι καί τῶν ῥημάτων, τῇ ἐγκρατείᾳ. Ἐγκρατῶς γάρ ὁ ἔχων περί τήν τῶν βρωμάτων καί ῥημάτων εἴσοδόν τε καί ἔξοδον, ἐπιθυμίαν μέν τήν ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν ἀποδιδράσκει· θυμόν δέ τήν ἐξ ἀπονοίας καταπραΰναι, ὧν δεῖ καί πρό πάντων ποιεῖσθαι τήν ἐπιμέλειαν τόν ἀγωνιζόμενον, παντί τρόπῳ σπουδαστέον. Ἐν τούτοις γάρ, τό μέν πρακτικόν ἔῤῥωται· τό δέ θεωρητικόν, ἐστερέωται. (νβ΄) Τινές δέ περί τήν εἴσοδον τῶν βρωμάτων, πολλήν ποιοῦνται τήν ἐπιμέλειαν· περί δέ ἔξοδον τῶν ῥημάτων, ἀμελῶς διατίθενται. Οἱ τοιοῦτοι οὐκ ἐπίστανται πράγειν θυμόν μέν ἀπό καρδίας, ἐπιθυμίαν δέ ἀπό σαρκός, κατά τήν Ἐκκλησιαστήν· δι᾿ ὧν ἡ καθαρά καρδία κτίζεσθαι εἴωθε παρά τοῦ καινουργοῦντος Πνεύματος.
(49) Though he is a master, he is seen to put on the form of a slave, washing the garment of his neighbor that has been torn, by divine words, or stitching it up by sharing them. But let the one who does this consider, lest perhaps because he accomplishes this as a slave, he lose along with his reward also the dignity of authority that belongs to him, through vainglory.
(50) Just as faith is by nature the substance of things hoped for, so prudence is the substance of the soul, and humility the substance of virtue. And it is a wonder how things that are complete in themselves become incomplete without the things that accompany them.
(51) The Lord, it says, will guard your entrance and your exit—clearly, by self-control, your entrance and exit of foods and of words. For the one who keeps self-control in the entrance and exit of foods and words escapes the desire that comes from the eyes, and calms the anger that comes from folly; and the one who strives must make it his care before all things to attend to these. For in these things, the practical faculty is strengthened, and the contemplative faculty is made firm. (52) But some take great care concerning the entrance of foods, yet are carelessly disposed concerning the exit of words. Such people do not know how to put away anger from the heart and desire from the flesh, according to Ecclesiastes; through these things the pure heart is accustomed to be built by the Spirit who makes all things new.
(νγ΄) Τό μέν τῶν βρωμάτων ἀπέριττον, περί τήν ἥττω τρυφῆς ποιότητα· τό δέ τῶν ῥημάτων ἀνέγκλητον, περί τήν κρείττω τῆς σιωπῆς ποσότητα εὑρεθήσεται.
( (νδ΄) Πύρωσον τούς νεφρούς σου ἀσιτίᾳ βρωμάτων, καί ἔτασον τήν καρδίαν σου ἐγκρατείᾳ ῥημάτων, καί ἕξεις πρός ὑπηρεσίαν καλῶν, τό, ἐπιθυμητικόν τε καί θυμικόν.
(νε΄) Ἡ μέν τῶν ὑπογαστρίων ἡδονή καταπίπτει ἐν ἀσκουμένοις, τοῦ σώματος παρακμάσαντος· ἔτι δέ παραμένει τοῦ φάρυγγος, τῷ μή φθάσαντι ταύτην ἐνδίκως κολάσαι. Σπουδάσαι οὖν χρή διά τῆς αἰτίου, τοῦ αἰτιατοῦ τόν ὀνειδισμόν ἀποτρίψασθαι, ὡς ἄν μή ξένος ἐκεῖσε τῆς κατά τήν ἐγκράτειαν ἀρετῆς εὑρεθείς, αἰσχυνθῇς.
(νστ΄) Ἀναγκαῖον εἰδέναι τόν ἀσκητήν, πότε καί τίσι βρώμασι δεῖ ὡς ἐχθρόν τρέφειν τό σῶμα αὐτοῦ· πότε δέ ὡς φίλον παρακαλεῖν καί πάλιν παραμυθεῖσθαι ὡς ἀσθενῆ· ἵνα μή λάθῃ τά μέν τοῦ ἀσθενοῦς, τῷ φίλῳ· τά δέ τοῦ φίλου παρατιθείς τῷ ἐχθρῷ· καί ἑκατέρους ὡς σκανδαλίσας, καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ εὑρήσει πολεμοῦντας αὐτόν.
(53) The simplicity of foods will be found to concern the inferior quality of luxury; but the blamelessness of words will be found to concern the superior measure of silence.
(54) Set your kidneys on fire by abstinence from foods, and test your heart by self-control in words, and you will have the desiring and the irascible parts ready for the service of good things.
(55) The pleasure of the belly's parts falls away in those who practice asceticism, when the body has passed its prime; but it still remains in the throat, for one who has not rightly punished it beforehand. One must therefore be eager, through the cause, to wipe away the reproach of the effect, so that you may not be put to shame, having been found there a stranger to the virtue of self-control.
(56) The ascetic must know when and with what foods he ought to feed his body as an enemy; and when again to encourage it as a friend and to comfort it as weak; lest he unwittingly assign the things of the weak to the friend, and the things of the friend to the enemy, and, having scandalized both, find them fighting against him in a time of trial.
(μζ΄) Ὅταν τῆς τρυφῆς τήν τροφήν ὁ τρεφόμενος προτιμοτέραν ποιήσηται, τότε ἡ τῶν δακρύων ἐπιδημήσασα χάρις αὐτῷ, παρακαλεῖν ἄρχεται καί ἄλλης πάσης ἡδύτητος ἐπιλανθάνεσθαι, ὡς ἤδη τούτων καταποθείσης ἀσυγκρίτῳ ἡδύτητι.
(νη΄) Τῷ μέν πλατυνομένῳ συνεστάλη τά δάκρυα· ἐξεβλύθη δέ ταῦτα, τῷ τήν στενήν ὁδόν ἀγαπήσαντι.
(νθ΄) Οὐκ ἔστιν λύπης ἐκτός, οὔτε ἁμαρτωλός, οὔτε δίκαιος· ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μέν, ὅτι μή πάντη ἀπέλιπεν τό κακόν· ὁ δέ, ὅτι οὔπω κατέλαβε τό ὄντως καλόν. (ξ΄) Τῶν ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν μέν κατά δύναμιν ἀρεταί, εὐχή καί σιωπή· τῶν οὐκ ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν δέ, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς τά πολλά τῆς τοῦ σώματος κατασκευῆς, ( νηστεία καί ἀγρυπνία εἰσίν. Ὅπερ οὖν τῷ ἀγωνιστῇ εὐληπτότερον, τοῦτο μετέρχεσθαι χρή. (ξα΄) Οἶκος μέν εὐχῆς, ἡ ὑπομονή· περικρατεῖται γάρ ἐν αὐτῆ· χρῆμα δέ, ἡ ταπείνωσις· τρέφεται γάρ δι᾿ αὐτῆς. (ξβ΄) Λόγους μή καρτερῶν, ἐπαίνοις οὐ τιμηθήσῃ· πρό δέ τῆς ἡδονῆς τήν ὀδύνην ἀποσκοπῶν, ἐκφεύξῃ ταύτης τό λυπηρόν. (ξγ΄) Μή δεσμευθῇς τῷ μικρῷ, καί οὐ δουλεύσεις τῷ μείζονι· οὐ γάρ πέφυκε τό μεῖζον κακόν πρό τοῦ μικροῦ διαπλάττεσθαι. (ξδ΄) Ἀφορῶν πρός, τά μείζω, φοβερός ἔσῃ τοῖς ἥττωσιν· εὐκαταφρόνητος δέ τούτοις ὀφθείσῃ, πρός ἐκεῖνα ἀπειρηκώς.
(47) When the one who is nourished makes food preferable to luxury, then the grace of tears, having come upon him, begins to console him and to make him forget every other sweetness, as these have already been swallowed up by an incomparable sweetness.
(58) To the one who is enlarged, tears have been contracted; but they have gushed forth for the one who has loved the narrow way.
(59) Neither the sinner nor the righteous man is without grief; but the one, because he has not entirely abandoned evil; the other, because he has not yet attained the truly good. (60) The virtues that are in our power according to our strength are prayer and silence; but those that are not in our power, but for the most part depend on the constitution of the body, are fasting and vigil. Therefore the contestant must pursue whatever is more easily grasped by him. (61) The house of prayer is endurance; for he is held fast in it; and its possession is humility; for he is nourished by it. (62) Not enduring words, you will not be honored with praises; but looking ahead to the pain before the pleasure, you will escape its distress. (63) Do not be bound by the small thing, and you will not be enslaved to the greater; for the greater evil is not naturally formed before the small. (64) Looking toward the greater things, you will be fearsome to the lesser; but you will be seen as contemptible by these, having failed with regard to those.